Você está na página 1de 251

www.surelockmcgill.

com

Issue March 2016


Introduction 03.16 page 2

“As a world class


manufacturing company
Surelock McGill Ltd
will maintain its leading
position in the industry
by continuing to design, develop and test our
products to meet and exceed the ever changing
requirements of National, European and
International standards for: Security, Fire, Blast,
Ballistic and Safety. ” John McGill
Group Managing Director

Contact Surelock McGill Ltd (Head Office)


26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY, United Kingdom

Information
Tel: +44(0)118 977 2525 Fax: +44(0)118 977 1913 Email: sales@surelock.co.uk

Surelock McGill (US Office)


2380 Fortune Drive, Suite 120, Lexington, KY 40509, USA
Tel: 1-859-899-7880 Fax: 1-859-899-7880 Email: NASales@surelockmcgill.com

Web: www.surelockmcgill.com

Assessed to ISO9001:2000
ASSESSED TO No.
Certificate ISO516-1
9OO1:2008
CERTIFICATE NO. 516
Introduction 03.16 page 3

Surelock McGill products and systems


for high security, safety, and the
enforcement of operational procedures
Surelock McGill have been manufacturing and Enforcing Entry and
installing high performance door locking and Exit Procedures
bolting systems, as well as ancillary products,
Your adherence to operational procedures is often of
for over 50 years. Intensive research and
vital importance to guarantee security or to observe
development, together with the embracing of health and safety requirements. Surelock equipped
new technologies and materials as they evolve, entries and exits can usually be configured to
means that our products provide the most robust enforce such procedures.
and reliable security available.
Hostile Environments
Testing and Certification Suitability for use in hostile environments has led to
Our products are tested for their resistance to many the extensive use of Surelock McGill products on
forms of threat (for example, security, fire, blast, offshore platforms, in the petro-chemical industry
ballistic attack). They are also designed, tested and generally, and remote stations used by police
certified for the health and safety duty of care that is response units and armed forces.
required today.
The development of new products has been
Our Customers
integrated with our regime of testing and approvals The use of Surelock McGill products by International
to maintain the supply of products with certification Government Agencies and other prestigious
to important UK, European, US and International customers around the world is a result of our continual
standards throughout the process. commitment to development, testing and certification
together with our ability to provide practical solutions
Applicable standards and accreditations achieved on to customer’s specific requirements.
selected doorsets:

Security International
LPS 1175
Surelock McGill supplies products in this catalogue
 last
B to a world wide range of customers and offers a
Protected Spaces global service, that includes:

BALLISTIC BALLISTIC BALLISTIC BALLISTIC


Ballistics • Export packaging
BS EN 1522:1999
FB1 FB2 FB3 FB4

• Sea/air freight
BALLISTIC BALLISTIC BALLISTIC BALLISTIC
• Export documentation
FB5 FB6 FB7 FSG

FD30 FD60 FD90 FD120 FD240


Fire
BS 476 part 22: Quality Statement:
1987 & EN 1634
UL10C Our continued commitment to product excellence and
accreditation to ISO 9001:2008 throughout the group ensures
unequalled customer satisfaction and is our ‘Seal of Excellence’.
Safe Exits
BS EN 1125: 2008 (panic)
BS EN 179: 2008 (emergency) Intellectual Property Rights
UL305 (panic) All Surelock products are the subject of intellectual property
rights. These rights include patent and design rights, in particular
Testing
Tested to over 1 million cycles. UK patents 2346927, 2413822, 2423787, 2439327, 2458893 &
EP2311/2115252, US5865479, US8616591, together with other
overseas patents and further applications.
Quality
ISO 9001: 2008
Assessed to ISO9001:2000
ASSESSED TONo.
Certificate ISO516-1
9001: 2008 CE marking of conformity
In accordance with our policy of continued development and improvement we
CERTIFICATE NO. 516

reserve the right to make changes in design and specifications without notice.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Introduction 03.16 page 4

Total Commitment, Comprehensive Service


Surelock McGill offers a comprehensive service to ensure integrity and security:
• Operational analysis and technical advice
• Site survey and scheduling
• Product manufacture and supply
• Bespoke design systems
• Installation
• Planned maintenance
• On-going support
• Standard packages

Customer Care
Surelock McGill customer care is second to none. That is why we can boast an exceptional level of customer
loyalty. Solid business relationships have been built on the trust earned by our dedication to providing the best
security solution for every challenge that our customers confront us with.

Some of the sectors we cover Some of our customers

ELECTRICITY GAS NUCLEAR

BANKING CASH IN ATMs


TRANSIT

TELECOMS DATA CENTRES DEFENCE

WIND WATER OFFSHORE /


PETROCHEM

by kind permissions

SECURE AIRPORTS RAIL


HOSPITALS

COURTS & GOVERNMENT EDUCATION


PRISONS

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Introduction 03.16 page 5

Simple System Specification


An important parallel to our product development is a new product ordering regime. The prime system (i.e. the
basic system that you need excluding the optional enhancements, fixings, etc.) is defined by the way in which you
want the Entry and Exit to function. This gives a 2-digit code (see below).

Entry Exit
0 No entry provision 0 No exit provision Entry
1 Key
 and handle entry 1 Key and handle exit
No entry Key driven Electric Combination
2 Electric
 release and 2  lectric release and
E release lock

handle entry handle exit Code 0 1 2 3


3 Combination
 lock release 3 Turnknob
 release
and handle entry and handle exit
Exit
4 Panic exit
5 Emergency exit No exit Key driven Electric Turnknob Panic exit Emergency
release release exit
Code 0 1 2 3 4 5

Thus a panic or emergency exit bolting device is not provided with any entry facility as standard and is defined by
the code ‘04’ and ‘05’ respectively. If key entry is required to one of these devices, this is achieved by appending
the enhancement code ‘L’ (Lock with Emergency Override) to suit the level of required attack protection.
A deadlocking Panic or Emergency device with key entry would be defined by the code ‘14’ and ‘15’ respectively.
Similarly electric release devices would be defined as ‘24’ and ‘25’ respectively.
Further information is provided within the catalogue specific to the product you require and in the
‘Ordering Guide’ at the back of the catalogue.

SLP304
 our responsibility under Health and Safety Standards is to ensure that
Y
products meet the correct accreditation of successfully type tested
products to BS EN 1125: 2008 for panic exits and BS EN 179: 2008 for
emergency exits.
A panic exit is typically part of an escape route in a public area, for
example, entertainment halls, shops and hospitals. An emergency exit
is part of an escape route where people are familiar with exit
procedures, the exit and its hardware.
For further information refer to the Accreditation and Technical section
of this catalogue.

Example system code: SL 3 0 4


The code example above would deliver a
Slimline, 3 way bolting, no entry with panic exit

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
contents 03.16 page 6

Contents
1 Slimline Systems 7 – 54
Multi-point locks with a wide range of enhancements to provide the widest range of
operational solutions.

2 Slimline Standard Packages 55 – 61


The most popular of the above locks, supplied as a package (a lock in a box) that
includes fixings and keeps. Limited enhancements are available.

3 Stirling 62 – 90
Single-point locks with a wide range of enhancements to provide the solution to
most operational needs.

4 Stirling Standard Packages 91 – 97


The lock in a box treatments of the Stirling range. The most popular Stirling locks,
complete with fixings and limited enhancements are available.

5 Custom Locks 98 – 160


A selection of single - and multi-point locks that have been specifically tailored for
doors, gates and grilles to meet a frequently occurring risk and objectives.

6 Ancillary Products 161 – 203


Complementary products; security hinges, barrel bolts, cylinder guards and vision
panels, anti-ligature door furniture, blast displacement panels, etc.

7 Accreditation 204 – 220


An explanation of the current testing and certification of our products. This includes
physical security, fire, safety, ballistic and blast resistance standards.

8 Technical Information 221 – 239


This section of the catalogue provides technical information that will help you to
specify, install and maintain Surelock devices and components.

9 Ordering Guide 240 – 243


A guide to product selection and ordering.

10 Terms & Conditions 244 – 250


Surelock McGill standard terms and conditions of trading.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline 03.16 page 7

Slimline
Slimline multi-point for
safety and security
High performance, multi-functional systems
Surelock Slimline systems enable you to choose a multi-point system tailored to your
requirement. The systems:
• Provide the level of security that you require - from burglary to terrorist attack.
• Ensures the ‘Duty of Care’ conformance that you need for security, fire, blast, ballistic,
panic or emergency exit.
• Can enforce an entry/exit procedure and observe your final door status requirement.

Slimline Systems are


• Non-handed. You do not have to specify whether the system is for a right- or left-hand
door, unless the enhancement(s) you choose require it.
• Suitable for both inward- and outward-opening doors.
• Tested to over one million cycles.
• Suitable for door heights of up to 2200 mm (extension kits available).
• Easy to specify (refer to the ordering information at the end of the section).

Performance
Security Successfully tested on a wide range of LPS 1175 Security Rating
2, 3, 4 and 5 doorsets.
Fire Successfully tested on BS 476 part 22:1987 and EN 1634 part 1 doorsets
(Certifire accredited) and UL10C doorsets (UL certified).
Blast Successfully blast tested on doors in accordance with the methodology
set out within ISO 16933 EXV15 & EXV25, utilising the hazard rating as
defined for Walls and Doors.
Ballistics Successfully tested on doorsets to BS EN 1522:1999 FB1-FB7
inclusive and FSG.
Panic Exit Independently type tested to BS EN 1125: 2008 and UL305, CE marked
and UL certified.
Emergency Exit Independently type tested to BS EN 179: 2008, CE marked.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
In accordance with our policy of continued development and improvement we reserve the right to make changes in design and specifications without notice.
Slimline Safe Exits 03.16 page 8

Slimline: Panic and


Emergency exits
High performance, safe exit devices

Slimline bolting devices are:


• Strong
• Simple to specify
• Non-handed* and bi-directional
• Tested to over one million cycles
• Attractively finished

Slimline bolting only devices have:


• Automatic bolting upon door closure
• Proven rack and pinion mechanism
• Hardened steel bolts
• Choice of exit methods
• Available in stainless steel 316 for
hostile environments

* Some enhancements require handing to be specified, refer to ‘Enhancement Guide’.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Safe Exits 03.16 page 9

Modular system
The Slimline range has been designed with a common fixing footprint, enabling alternative modules to be
retrofitted to meet changes of customer requirements.

Performance
Security successfully tested on a wide range of LPS 1175 Security Rating 2, 3, 4 and 5 doorsets
Blast successfully blast tested on doorsets to meet the protection of the bomb blast standard for
‘Protected Spaces’; ratings ‘C15’ and 'C25’
Ballistics successfully tested on doorsets to BS EN 1522:1999
Fire successfully tested on BS 476 part 22:1987 and EN 1634 doorsets
Panic Exit independently type tested to BS EN 1125: 2008, CE marked
Emergency Exit independently type tested to BS EN 179: 2008, CE marked

Operation
Slimline safe exits provide auto-bolting upon door 93.5

closure, with a choice of lever handle or push pad


emergency exit, or panic bar when required to 2.5mm PACKING PLATE

comply with buildings used by general public


(refer to the Self-coding system guide to select
the correct operation).

87.2
15

Fitting

198.0

36
Slimline devises are supplied as standard for 87.2

surface fitting, ensuring the fabric strength of 25 THROW 41

the door is maintained. Concealed fixing packs


are available for mortice fitting to steel, timber
and composite doors.

Slimline Features 52
88
10.5

22

• 15mm bolts each with 25mm throw Slimline SL305 emergency exit centre module
dimensions (mm), shown with push pad option H3
• Positive engagement
• Easily adjusted
• Steel template provides accurate installation and acts as a drilling
template for fixings, handle and cylinder positions
• Suitable for door heights up to 2200 mm, extensions available for higher doors

Slimline Benefits
• High performance
• Modular design
• Reliable, offering long trouble free life
• Choice of entry and exit methods
Steel template
• Upgrade solution for existing doors

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Safe Exits 03.16 page 10

Self-coding system
Slimline (SL) modular devices have a simple ordering code that covers the number of securing bolts,
the chosen methods of entry and exit, followed by additional enhancements to further customise the device.
Slimline devices are suitable for fitting to almost any door; left or right-hand hung, inward- or outward-opening.
The device is easy to specify:
Step 1. Choose the number of bolts securing (2 or 3)
Step 2. Apply entry code 0 (safe exit door)*
Step 3. Choose the required exit code 4 (panic) or 5 (emergency)
Step 4. Select any enhancements to customise and suit specific requirements
That’s it! The device is specified.
 anic and emergency exit devices have a ‘0’ entry code. These can be supplied with an external lockable
* P
handle, see enhancement code ‘L'.

Four steps to Slimline


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4
Number of bolts Entry Exit  Enhancements
2 2-point securing 0 No entry provision 4 Panic exit Enhancement example
3 3-point securing 5
Emergency exit L1
External key entry
handle (recessed LEO)
6
Push pad M
Electric monitoring
of bolt status
W
Steel core fixing

Note: If key entry is required


on bolting-only devices refer
to ‘Enhancements’ code ‘L’

Example system code: SL 3 0 4 - 05 - L1 M W


In the above example, SL304 specifies a Slimline 3-point bolting device with panic bar exit method. The code
‘-05-’ indicates a left hand device.The enhancement codes specify external key entry LEO (L1), electric
monitoring of bolt status (M) and steel core fixing (W).

Slimline enhancements
Devices are normally supplied for surface mounting, with auto-bolting to resecure upon door closure.
The Slimline range is supported with a full range of enhancements enabling a device to be tailored to meet the
most demanding requirements.
Refer to the Slimline ‘Enhancement Guide’ for full information on available enhancements, together with any
handing variants.
A selection of frame and floor keeps is available to suit most applications, refer to ‘Slimline Keeps and Strikes’
for full details.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Safe Exits 03.16 page 11

Bi-directional restraint
UK patent application number 0504198.3
• Unique restraint suitable for both inward- and outward-opening doors
• Non-handed, suitable for both right- and left-hand hung doors
• Easy adjustment for positive engagement
Outward opening Inward opening

Slimline Handing
Slimline is generally not handed but certain enhancements are.
The Slimline enhancements list and the handing chart (on the right)
provides handing information where required.

Popular Enhancements
The following is a summary of the more popular enhancements chosen for Slimline safe exit devices; refer to the
full enhancement chart for the wider choice and full details.

CODE DESCRIPTION

En Height increment above 2200mm; (n) = number of 1000mm increments

H Free access, non-lockable external handle addition, when security is not an issue (i.e. a fire door)

H3 Push pad; in place of inside handle


Ln 
External key and lever handle entry (LEO - Lock with Emergency Override),
for appropriate levels of attack resistance

M Electric monitoring of bolt status


On Choice of alternative cylinder make (Union 5 pin fitted as standard),
including registered and customers own supply
S Stainless Steel 316 - finish polished

Tn Slave unit, provides 90° rotation of a vertical bolt

Un Slave unit, provides 90° rotation and continuation of a vertical bolt

Wn Choice of fixings to suit a range of door constructions and level of attack resistance

Slimline Operational Specific brochures and Wallcharts are available upon request.

Quality statement
Our continued commitment to product excellence and accreditation to ISO 9001: 2008 throughout the group
ensures unequalled customer satisfaction and is our ‘Seal of Excellence’.

Intellectual Property Rights


All Surelock products are the subject of intellectual property rights. These rights include patent and design
rights, in particular UK patents 2289084, 2307270, 2321277, 2323272, 2330375, 2346927, 2351542, 2355282,
2359111, 2361959, 2364740, 2413822, 2423787, 2425325, 2462229 & 2462387, plus UK patent applications
2445948 & 2458893 together with overseas patents and applications.
In accordance with our policy of continual development and improvement we reserve the right to make changes
in design and specifications without notice.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Safe Exits 03.16 page 12

‘Slimline’ 3-Point Bolting Devices - Enhancements available


Entry/Exit Codes
CODE 04 05 Description

* A0 Manual bolting
* 3
A ✔ Auto-bolting sliding door
B(n) ✔ ✔ Packing; (n) = number of 1mm increments
E(n) ✔ ✔ Height increment above 2,200mm; (n) = number of 1,000mm increments
H ✔ ✔ External stainless steel lever handle addition (non lockable)
* 0
H Handle(s) not included
H3 ✔ Push pad; in place of inside handle
H8 ✔ ✔ External pad-lockable handle with emergency override (padlock not supplied)
H11 ✔ 1m long panic bar
H12 ✔ Red flat lever inside handle
H14 ✔ St/St lever handle inside in lieu of green handle
K Key retained in unlocked position
K8 ✔ ✔ Automatic ratchet locking upon bolt retraction - internal key re-set facility
K14 ✔ ✔ Manual lock-back facility, bolting only (internal Euro-profile cylinder)
L ✔ ✔ LEO - external key-entry lock with internal emergency override - surface mounted
L1 ✔ ✔ Recessed LEO (flush fitting) - tested to LPS 1175 rating 3 protection
L2 ✔ ✔ Recessed LEO (flush fitting) with cylinder guard - tested to LPS 1175 rating 4 protection
L3 ✔ ✔ LEO with Euro-profile cylinder - external key-entry lock with internal
emergency override - surface mounted
L4 ✔ ✔ Recessed LEO (flush fitting) with Euro-profile cylinder - tested to LPS 1175 rating
3 protection
L5 ✔ ✔ Recessed LEO (flush fitting) with Euro-profile cylinder and cylinder guard
- tested to LPS 1175 rating 4 protection
M ✔ ✔ Electric monitoring of bolt status
M7 ✔ ✔ Motorised bolt release
N Electric monitoring of lock status
O0 Cylinder - supplied free-issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O1 Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O2 Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O3 Cylinder - Yale
O4 Cylinder - Bramah (registered)
O5 Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O10 Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O22 Cylinder - Assa Ruko Flexcore (choice for registration)
O91 Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
S ✔ ✔ Stainless steel 316 - finish polished
T ✔ ✔ Slave unit, 90° below handle
T1 ✔ ✔ Slave unit, 90° above handle
U ✔ ✔ Slave unit, 90° and continue, below handle
U1 ✔ ✔ Slave unit, 90° and continue, above handle
V ✔ ✔ VIP (Visual Indicator Panel)
V1 ✔ ✔ VIP (Visual Indicator Panel) with electric monitoring of indicator and isolation keyswitch
V2 ✔ ✔ VIP (Visual Indicator Panel) with electric monitoring of indicator
W ✔ ✔ Machine screws with steel dowels
W2 ✔ ✔ Surface fixing by coach screws
W3 ✔ ✔ Surface fixing by machine screws
W8 ✔ ✔ Mortice fixing pack with guides - timber doors
W9 ✔ ✔ Mortice fixing pack with guides - steel doors
* 0
Y ✔ ✔ Single leaf - non BS EN type device
Z ✔ ✔ Double doorset active leaf - BS EN type device
* 0
Z ✔ ✔ Double doorset active leaf and passive leaves - BS EN type device

✔ Available enhancements
Dependant on other enhancement(s)
*Options non-conformant with BS EN 179 and BS EN 1125 certification
Indicates handed item

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Safe Exits 03.16 page 13

‘Slimline’ 4-Point Bolting Device - Enhancements available

Entry/Exit Codes
CODE SL405 Description

H3 ✔ Push pad; in place of inside handle


K Key retained in unlocked position
L ✔ LEO - external key-entry lock with internal emergency override - surface mounted
L1 ✔ Recessed LEO (flush fitting) - tested to LPS 1175 rating 3 protection
L2 ✔ Recessed LEO (flush fitting) with cylinder guard
- tested to LPS 1175 rating 4 protection
L3 ✔  EO with Euro-profile cylinder - external key-entry lock
L
with internal emergency override - surface mounted
L4 ✔ R
 ecessed LEO (flush fitting) with Euro-profile cylinder
- tested to LPS 1175 rating 3 protection
L5 ✔ Recessed LEO (flush fitting) with Euro-profile cylinder and cylinder guard
- tested to LPS 1175 rating 4 protection
M Electric monitoring of bolt status
N Electric monitoring of lock status
O0 Cylinder - supplied free-issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O1 Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O2 Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O3 Cylinder - Yale
O4 Cylinder - Bramah (registered)
O5 Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O10 Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O22 Cylinder - Assa Ruko Flexcore (choice for registration)
O91 Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
W ✔ Machine screws with steel dowels
W2 ✔ Surface fixing by coach screws
W3 ✔ Surface fixing by machine screws

✔ Available enhancements
Dependant on other enhancement(s)
Indicates handed item

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Key Release 03.16 page 14

Slimline:
Key Release
High performance, key entry devices

Slimline locking devices are:


• Strong
• Simple to specify
• Non-handed1 and bi-directional
• Tested to over one million cycles
• Attractively finished

Slimline key-driven deadlocks have:


• Automatic re-securing upon door closure
• Proven rack and pinion mechanism
• Hardened steel bolts
• Choice of exit methods
• Choice of cylinders from leading manufacturers
• Available in stainless steel 316 for hostile environments

* *
* When fitted
with 'option K'

FD240

1
Some enhancements require handing to be specified, refer to ‘Enhancement Guide’.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Key Release 03.16 page 15

Modular system
Slimline has been designed with a common fixing footprint and key cylinder position,
enabling alternative modules to be retrofitted to meet changes of customer requirements.

Choice of cylinders*
Key cylinders can be selected from most leading manufacturers, or customers
own supply, enabling existing suiting requirements to be maintained.
Key cylinders from most
* 'Union' cylinders fitted as standard. leading manufacturers

Performance
Slimline provides the renowned Surelock strength and stability required for high performance doors, including:
Security successfully tested on a wide range of LPS 1175 Security Rating 2, 3, 4 and 5 doorsets
Blast successfully blast tested on doorsets to meet the protection of the bomb blast standard for
‘Protected Spaces’; ratings ‘C15’ and 'C25’
Ballistics successfully tested on doorsets to BS EN 1522:1999
Fire successfully tested on BS 476 part 22:1987 and EN 1634 doorsets and UL10C doorsets
Panic Exit independently type tested to BS EN 1125: 2008 and UL305, CE marked and UL certified
Emergency Exit independently type tested to BS EN 179: 2008, CE marked

Operation 93.5

Key release devices, provide automatic re-securement upon


2.5mm PACKING PLATE

door closure with a wide choice of exit solutions including key


or turnknob lock release, panic or emergency exit (refer to the
Self-coding system guide to select the correct operation).

Fitting
125

289
Supplied as standard for surface fitting, ensuring 87.2

the fabric strength of the door is maintained.


15

36
36

Concealed fixing packs are available for mortice 25 THROW 41


87.2

fitting to steel, timber and composite doors.

Slimline Features
• 15mm bolts each with 25mm throw
52
11
88
22

• Positive engagement
Slimline SL313 Key release centre module dimensions (mm)
• Easily adjusted
• Steel template provides accurate installation and acts as a drilling template for fixings,
handle and cylinder positions
• Suitable for door heights up to 2200 mm, extensions available for higher doors

Slimline Benefits
• High performance
• Modular design
• Reliable, offering long trouble free life
• Choice of entry and exit methods
• Upgrade solution for existing doors
Steel template

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Key Release 03.16 page 16

Self-coding system
Slimline (SL) modular devices have a simple ordering code that covers the number of securing bolts, the
chosen methods of entry and exit, followed by additional enhancements to further customise the device.
Slimline devices are suitable for fitting to almost any door; left or right-hand hung, inward- or outward-opening.
The device is easy to specify:
Step 1. Choose the number of bolts securing (2 or 3)
Step 2. Apply entry code 1 (key release)
Step 3. Choose required exit code 0, 1, 3, 4 or 5
Step 4. Select any enhancements to customise to suit any specific requirements
That’s it! The device is specified.

Four steps to Slimline


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4
Number of bolts Entry Exit  Enhancements
2 2-point securing 1 Key
 and handle 0 No exit provision Enhancement example
entry
3 3-point securing 1 Key and handle exit N Electric
 monitoring
of lock status
2  lectric release and
E
handle exit O5
 edeco m3-ARX
M
3 Turnknob release (registered cylinder)

and handle exit
P Cylinder guard
4 Panic exit
W Steel
 core fixing
5 Emergency
 exit
handle
6 Push
 pad

Indicates handed item

Example system code: SL 3 1 3 - 00 - N O5 P W


In the above example, SL313 specifies a Slimline 3-point device with external key entry, turnknob exit release
with lever handle both sides. The enhancement codes specify electric monitoring of lock status (N),
Medeco m3-ARX cylinder (O5), cylinder guard (P) and steel core fixing (W).
Note: The code “00” specifies no particular handing. A handing code is required for certain enhancements (refer to ‘Slimline Enhancements’).

Surelock Slimline enhancements


Slimline is supported with a full range of enhancements to tailor a device to meet the most demanding
requirements. Devices are normally supplied for surface mounting, with auto-bolting and auto-deadlocking.
Union 5-pin (non-registered) cylinders are supplied as standard on key-driven locks. Refer to the Slimline
‘Enhancement Guide’ for further information, together with any handing variants.
A wide range of frame and floor keeps are available, refer to ‘Keeps and Strikes’ for full details.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Key Release 03.16 page 17

Bi-directional restraint
UK patent application number 0504198.3
• Unique restraint suitable for both inward- and outward-opening doors
• Non-handed, suitable for both right- and left-hand hung doors
• Easy adjustment for positive engagement
Outward opening Inward opening

Popular Enhancements
The following is a summary of the more popular enhancements chosen for Slimline safe exit devices; refer to the
full enhancement chart for the wider choice and full details.

CODE DESCRIPTION

A0 Manual bolting

En Height increment above 2200mm; (n) = number of 1000mm increments

H3 Push pad; in place of inside handle

K0 Manual locking

K7 Lock back facility, bolts secured in thrown and retracted position


M Electric monitoring of bolt status
N Electric monitoring of lock status
On Choice of alternative cylinder make (Union 5 pin fitted as standard),
including registered and customers own supply
Pn Cylinder guard selection for appropriate levels of attack resistance
S Stainless Steel 316 - finish polished

Tn Slave unit, provides 90° rotation of a vertical bolt

Un Slave unit, provides 90° rotation and continuation of a vertical bolt

Wn Choice of fixings to suit a range of door constructions and level of attack resistance

Slimline Operational Specific brochures and Wallcharts are available upon request.

Quality statement
Our continued commitment to product excellence and accreditation to ISO 9001: 2008 throughout the group
ensures unequalled customer satisfaction and is our ‘Seal of Excellence’.

Intellectual Property Rights


All Surelock products are the subject of intellectual property rights. These rights include patent and design
rights, in particular UK patents 2289084, 2307270, 2321277, 2323272, 2330375, 2346927, 2351542, 2355282,
2359111, 2361959, 2364740, 2413822, 2423787, 2425325, 2462229 & 2462387, plus UK patent applications
2445948 & 2458893 together with overseas patents and applications.
In accordance with our policy of continual development and improvement we reserve the right to make changes
in design and specifications without notice.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Key Release 03.16 page 18

‘Slimline’ Key Release Deadlocks - Enhancements available


Entry/Exit Codes
CODE 01 10 11 13 14* 15* Description

A
= 0 4 4 4 4 Manual bolting
A
= 3 4 4 4 4 4 Auto-bolting sliding doors
B(n) 4 4 4 4 4 4 Packing; (n) = number of 1mm increments
E(n) 4 4 4 4 4 4 Height increment above 2200mm; (n) = number of 1000mm increments
H
= 0 4 4 4 4 Handle(s) not included
H3 4 Push pad; in place of inside handle
H9 4 4 Handles not included; with 8mm follower
H11 4 1m long panic bar
H14 4 St/St lever handle inside in lieu of green handle
K 4 Key retained in unlocked position
K0 4 4 4 4 4 4 Manual locking
K4 4 Break-dome over turnknob
K6 4 4 4 4 Lockable in the retracted position only (function according to system type)
K7 4 4 4 4 Lockable in thrown and retracted position (function according to system type)
K12 4 4 4 4 4 4 Euro-profile cylinder in place of rim-latch style cylinder
K15 4 Shrouded turnknob
M 4 4 4 4 4 4 Electric monitoring of bolt status
M7 Motorised bolt release (only available with option A0)
N 4 4 4 4 4 4 Electric monitoring of lock status
O0 4 4 4 4 4 4 Cylinder - supplied free‑issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O1 4 4 4 4 4 4 Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O2 4 4 4 4 4 4 Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O3 4 4 4 4 4 4 Cylinder - Yale
O4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Cylinder - Bramah (registered)
O5 4 4 4 4 4 4 Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 4 4 4 4 4 4 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O10 4 4 4 4 4 4 Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O22 4 4 4 4 4 4 Cylinder - Assa Ruko Flexcore (choice for registration)
O91 4 4 4 4 4 4 Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
P 4 4 4 4 4 Cylinder guard for door thickness 44-60mm - tested to LPS1175 Rating 3 protection
P4 Cylinder guard to take Euro-profile cylinder - tested to LPS1175 Rating 3 protection
P5 4 4 4 4 4 Cylinder guard for door thickness 44-60mm - tested to LPS1175 Rating 4 protection
P6 4 4 4 4 4 Cylinder guard for door thickness 44-60mm - tested to LPS1175 Rating 5 protection
S 4 4 4 4 4 4 Stainless steel 316 - finish polished
T 4 4 4 4 4 4 Slave unit, 90° below handle
T1 4 4 4 4 4 4 Slave unit, 90° above handle
U 4 4 4 4 4 4 Slave unit, 90° and continue, below handle
U1 4 4 4 4 4 4 Slave unit, 90° and continue, above handle
W 4 4 4 4 4 4 Machine screws with steel dowels
W2 4 4 4 4 4 4 Surface fixing by coach screws
W3 4 4 4 4 4 4 Surface fixing by machine screws
W8 4 4 4 4 4 4 Mortice fixing pack with guides - timber doors
W9 4 4 4 4 4 4 Mortice fixing pack with guides - steel doors
Y
= 0 4 4 Single leaf - non BS EN type device
Z 4 Double doorset active leaf - BS EN type device
Z
= 0 4 4 Double doorset active leaf and passive leaves - non BS EN type device

4 Available enhancements
Dependant on other enhancement(s)
= Options non-conformant with BS EN 179 and BS EN 1125 certification
* Indicates handed item

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Electric Release 03.16 page 19

Slimline: Electric Release

High performance, access control entry devices

Slimline locking devices are:


• Strong
• Simple to specify
• Non-handed1 and bi-directional
• Tested to over one million cycles
• Attractively finished

Slimline electric release deadlocks have:


• Automatic re-securing upon door closure
• Proven rack and pinion mechanism
• Hardened steel bolts
• Choice of exit methods
• Available in stainless steel 316 for hostile environments

* *
* When fitted
with 'option K'

FD240

1
Some enhancements require handing to be specified, refer to ‘Enhancement Guide’.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Electric Release 03.16 page 20

Modular system
Slimline has been designed with a common fixing footprint and key cylinder position, enabling alternative
modules to be retrofitted to meet changes of customer requirements.

External key override in case of power failure


An external key override can be provided to cover for the possibility of power failure, with cylinders from most
leading manufacturers, or customers own supply, enabling existing suiting requirements to be maintained.

Performance
Slimline provides the renowned Surelock strength and stability required for high performance
doors, including:
Security successfully tested on a wide range of LPS 1175 Security Rating 2, 3, 4 and 5 doorsets
Blast successfully blast tested on doorsets to meet the protection of the bomb blast standard for
‘Protected Spaces’; ratings ‘C15’ and 'C25’
Ballistics successfully tested on doorsets to BS EN 1522:1999
Fire successfully tested on BS 476 part 22:1987 and EN 1634 doorsets and UL10C doorsets
Panic Exit independently type tested to BS EN 1125: 2008 and UL305, CE marked and UL certified
Emergency Exit independently type tested to BS EN 179: 2008, CE marked

Operation 93.5

Electric release devices, provide automatic re-securement


upon door closure with a wide choice of exit solutions including 2.5mm PACKING PLATE

access control or turnknob lock release, panic or emergency exit


(refer to the Self-coding system guide to select the correct operation).

Fitting

289
87.2
Supplied as standard for surface fitting, ensuring the fabric strength
of the door is maintained. Concealed fixing packs are available for
15

36

mortice fitting to steel, timber and composite doors. 25 THROW 41 36


87.2

Slimline Features
• 15mm bolts each with 25mm throw 52 11

88

• Positive engagement 22

• Easily adjusted Slimline SL322 electric release centre module


dimensions (mm)
• Steel template provides accurate installation and acts as
a drilling template for fixings, handle and cylinder positions
• Suitable for door heights up to 2200 mm, extensions available for higher doors

Slimline Benefits
• High performance
• Modular design
• Reliable, offering long trouble free life
• Choice of entry and exit methods
• Upgrade solution for existing doors
Steel template

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Electric Release 03.16 page 21

Self-coding system
Slimline (SL) modular devices have a simple ordering code that covers the number of securing bolts,
the chosen methods of entry and exit, followed by additional enhancements to further customise the device.
Slimline devices are suitable for fitting to almost any door; left or right-hand hung, inward- or outward-opening.
The device is easy to specify:
Step 1. Choose the number of bolts securing (2 or 3)
Step 2. Apply entry code 2 (electric release)
Step 3. Choose required exit code 0, 2, 3, 4 or 5
Step 4. Select any enhancements to customise to suit any specific requirements
That’s it! The device is specified.

Four steps to Slimline


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4
Number of bolts Entry Exit Enhancements
2 2-point securing 2
Electric release 0 No exit provision Enhancement example
and handle entry
3 3-point securing 1 Key and handle exit K2
External key release
in case of power
2  lectric release and
E
failure
handle exit
Medeco
O5 m3-ARX
3 Turnknob
 release registered cylinder
and handle exit
4 Panic exit P5 Cylinder guard
5 Emergency
 exit
handle W Steel core fixing
6 Push
 pad

Indicates handed item

Example system code: SL 3 2 5 - 04 - K2 O5 P5 W

In the above example, SL325 specifies a Slimline 3-point device external electric lock release with lever handle
and a lever handle emergency exit from the inside. The enhancement codes specify external key release in case
of power failure (K2), Medeco m3-ARX cylinder (O5), cylinder guard (P5) and steel core fixing (W).

Note: The handing code “04” specifies right hand as the ergonomically designed emergency handle, exit code ‘5’ is a handed item.

Power consumption Voltage Power Current


(dc) consumption draw
Slimline standard solenoids are 12V energise to unlock (fail secure) V W A
with alternative 24V and 50V, plus energise to lock (fail safe), all available. 12 6.3 0.53
Refer to the Slimline ‘Enhancement Guide’ for full information. 24 6.3 0.26

50 6.3 0.13
Surelock Slimline enhancements
Slimline is supported with a full range of enhancements to tailor a device to meet the most demanding
requirements. Devices are normally supplied for surface mounting, with auto-bolting and auto-deadlocking.
Refer to the Slimline Enhancement Guide for further information, together with any handing variants.
A wide range of frame and floor keeps are available, refer to ‘Keeps and Strikes’ for full details.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Electric Release 03.16 page 22

Bi-directional restraint
UK patent application number 0504198.3
• Unique restraint suitable for both inward- and outward-opening doors
• Non-handed, suitable for both right- and left-hand hung doors
Outward opening Inward opening
• Easy adjustment for positive engagement

Popular Enhancements
The following is a summary of the more popular enhancements chosen for Slimline electric release devices;
refer to the full enhancement chart for the wider choice and full details.

CODE DESCRIPTION

En Height increment above 2200mm; (n) = number of 1000mm increments

A0 Manual bolting
H3 Push pad; in place of inside handle
K
0
Manual locking
K7 Lock back facility, bolts secured in thrown and retracted position

M Electric monitoring of bolt status

N Electric monitoring of locking status


On Choice of alternative cylinder make (Union 5 pin fitted as standard),
including registered and customers own supply
Pn Cylinder guard selection for appropriate levels of attack resistance
Rn Alternative 24V and 50V solenoids (12V as standard), plus fail safe/secure options
S Stainless Steel 316 - finish polished

Tn Slave unit, provides 90° rotation of a vertical bolt

Un Slave unit, provides 90° rotation and continuation of a vertical bolt

Wn Choice of fixings to suit a range of door constructions and level of attack resistance

Slimline Operational Specific brochures and Wallcharts are available upon request.

Quality statement
Our continued commitment to product excellence and accreditation to ISO 9001: 2008 throughout the group
ensures unequalled customer satisfaction and is our ‘Seal of Excellence’.

Intellectual Property Rights


All Surelock products are the subject of intellectual property rights. These rights include patent and design
rights, in particular UK patents 2289084, 2307270, 2321277, 2323272, 2330375, 2346927, 2351542, 2355282,
2359111, 2361959, 2364740, 2413822, 2423787, 2425325, 2462229 & 2462387, plus UK patent applications
2445948 & 2458893 together with overseas patents and applications.
In accordance with our policy of continual development and improvement we reserve the right to make changes
in design and specifications without notice.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Electric Release 03.16 page 23

‘Slimline’ Electric Release Deadlocks - Enhancements available

Entry/Exit Codes
CODE 20 21 22 23 24* 25* Description

A
✝ 3 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Auto-bolting sliding doors
B(n) ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Packing; (n) = number of 1mm increments
E(n) ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Height increment above 2200mm; (n) = number of 1000mm increments
H
✝ 0 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Handle(s) not included
H3 ✔ Push pad; in place of inside handle
H9 ✔ ✔ ✔ Handles not included; with 8mm follower
H11 ✔ 1m long panic bar
H12 ✔ ✔ ✔ Red flat lever inside handle
H14 ✔ St/St lever handle inside in lieu of green handle
K2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ External key release in case of power failure
K4 ✔ Break-dome over turnknob
K12 Euro-profile cylinder in place of rim-latch style cylinder
K15 ✔ Shrouded turnknob
M ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Electric monitoring of bolt status
M7 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Motorised bolt release
N ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Electric monitoring of lock status
O0 Cylinder - supplied free-issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O1 Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O2 Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O3 Cylinder - Yale
O4 Cylinder - Bramah (registered)
O5 Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O10 Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O22 Cylinder - Assa Ruko Flexcore (choice for registration)
O91 Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
P Cylinder guard for door thickness 44-60mm - tested to LPS1175 Rating 3 protection
P4 Cylinder guard to take Euro-profile cylinder - tested to LPS1175 Rating 3 protection
P5 Cylinder guard for door thickness 44-60mm - tested to LPS1175 Rating 4 protection
R1 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Access control (energise to unlock) 24V solenoid
R2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Access control (energise to lock)12V solenoid
R3 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Access control (energise to lock) 24V solenoid
R4 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Access control (energise to unlock) 50V solenoid
R7 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Access control (energise to lock) 50V solenoid
S ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Stainless steel 316 - finish polished
T ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Slave unit, 90° below handle
T1 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Slave unit, 90° above handle
U ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Slave unit, 90° and continue, below handle
U1 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Slave unit, 90° and continue, above handle
W ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Machine screws with steel dowels
W2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Surface fixing by coach screws
W3 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Surface fixing by machine screws
W8 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Mortice fixing pack with guides - timber doors
W9 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Mortice fixing pack with guides - steel doors
Y
✝ 0 ✔ ✔ Single leaf - non BS EN type device
Z ✔ Double doorset active leaf - BS EN type device
Z
✝ 0 ✔ ✔ Double doorset active leaf and passive leaves - non BS EN type device

✔ Available enhancements
Dependant on other enhancement(s)
✝ Options non-conformant with BS EN 179 and BS EN 1125 certification

* Indicates handed item

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelock.co.uk
www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Combination Lock Entry 03.16 page 24

Slimline: Combination
Lock Entry
High performance, controlled entry

Slimline combination lock devices are:


• Strong
• Simple to specify
• Bi-directional
• Tested to over one million cycles
• Attractively finished

Slimline combination release deadlocks have:


• Proven rack and pinion mechanism
• Hardened steel bolts
• Choice of combination locks from leading manufacturers

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Combination Lock Entry 03.16 page 25

Modular System
Slimline has been designed with a common fixing footprint and lock position, enabling alternative modules to be
retrofitted to meet changes of customer requirements.

Performance
Slimline provides the renowned Surelock strength and stability required for high performance doors, including:
Security successfully tested on a wide range of LPS 1175 Security Rating 2, 3, 4 and 5 doorsets
Blast successfully blast tested on doorsets to meet the protection of the bomb blast standard for
‘Protected Spaces’; ratings ‘C15’ and 'C25’
Ballistics successfully tested on doorsets to BS EN 1522:1999
Fire successfully tested on BS 476 part 22:1987 and EN 1634 doorsets
Panic Exit independently type tested to BS EN 1125: 2008, CE marked
Emergency Exit independently type tested to BS EN 179: 2008, CE marked

Operation
Combination lock release devices provide a choice from leading manufacturers of mechanical and electronic
combination lock entry, with automatic bolting upon door closure (refer to the Self-coding system guide to
select the correct operation).

Fitting
Supplied as standard for surface fitting, ensuring the fabric strength of the door is maintained for fitting to steel,
timber and composite doors.

Slimline Features
• 15mm bolts each with 25mm throw
• Positive engagement
• Easily adjusted
• Steel template provides accurate installation
and acts as a drilling template for fixings,
handle and cylinder positions
• Suitable for door heights up to 2200 mm,
extensions available for higher doors

Slimline Benefits
• High performance
• Modular design
• Reliable, offering long trouble free life
• Choice of entry locks from leading
manufacturers
• Upgrade solution for existing doors

Slimline ‘SL335’ combination lock release


centre module dimensions (mm)
L/H shown.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Combination Lock Entry 03.16 page 26

Self-coding system
Slimline (SL) modular devices have a simple ordering code that covers the number of securing bolts, the
chosen methods of entry and exit, followed by additional enhancements to further customise the device.
Slimline devices are suitable for fitting to almost any door; inward- or outward-opening.
The device is easy to specify:
Step 1. Choose the number of bolts securing (2 or 3)
Step 2. Apply entry code 3 (combination lock release)
Step 3. Choose required exit code
Step 4. Select any enhancements to customise to suit any specific requirements
That’s it! The device is specified.

Four steps to Slimline


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4
Number of bolts Entry Exit Enhancements
2 2-point securing 3
Combination lock 4 Panic exit Enhancement example
release and handle
3 3-point securing
entry
5
Emergency exit W
Steel core fixing
handle
6
Push pad

Indicates handed item

Example system code: SL 3 3 5 - 04 - W


In the above example, SL335 specifies a Slimline 3-point device, external combination lock release with lever
handle and a lever handle emergency exit from the inside. The enhancement code ‘W’ specifies steel core fixing.
Note: The handing code “04” specifies right hand as the combination lock release are handed devices.

Surelock Slimline enhancements


Slimline is supported with a full range of enhancements to tailor a device to meet the most demanding
requirements: Devices are normally supplied for surface mounting. Refer to the Slimline ‘Enhancement Guide’
for further information.
A wide range of frame and floor keeps are available, refer to ‘Keeps and
Strikes’ for full details.

Bi-directional restraint
UK patent application number 0504198.3
• Unique restraint suitable for both inward and outward opening doors
Outward opening Inward opening
• Easy adjustment for positive engagement

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Combination Lock Entry 03.16 page 27

Slimline handing
Combination lock entry devices are handed. Our handing chart
(on the right) shows the codes we use to indicate door handing
and opening direction.

Popular enhancements
The following is a summary of the more popular enhancements chosen for Slimline combination lock release
devices; refer to the full enhancement chart for the wider choice and full details.

CODE DESCRIPTION

En Height increment above 2200mm; (n) = number of 1000mm increments

H3 Push pad; in place of inside handle

Kn Choice of alternative mechanical and electronic combination lock (S&G 8550 combination lock as standard)

K2 External key override of ‘lock-in’ facility (safe access)

K7 Lock back facility addition, bolts secured in thrown and retracted position

K9 Internal ‘lock-in’ facility; turnknob activated

M Electric monitoring of bolt status

Tn Slave unit, provides 90° rotation of a vertical bolt

Un Slave unit, provides 90° rotation and continuation of a vertical bolt

Wn Choice of fixings to suit a range of door constructions and level of attack resistance

Slimline ‘Operational Specific’ brochures and ‘Wallcharts’ are available upon request.

Quality statement
Our continued commitment to product excellence and accreditation to ISO 9001: 2008 throughout the group
ensures unequalled customer satisfaction and is our ‘Seal of Excellence’.

Intellectual Property Rights


All Surelock products are the subject of intellectual property rights. These rights include patent and design
rights, in particular UK patents 2289084, 2307270, 2321277, 2323272, 2330375, 2346927, 2351542, 2355282,
2359111, 2361959, 2364740, 2413822, 2423787, 2425325, 2439327, 2445948, 2462229, 2462387 & 2458893
together with overseas patents and further applications.
In accordance with our policy of continual development and improvement we reserve the right to make changes
in design and specifications without notice.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Combination Lock Entry 03.16 page 28

‘Slimline’ Combination Deadlocks - Enhancements available

Entry/Exit Codes
CODE 30* 35* Description

B(n) ✔ ✔ Packing; (n) = number of 1mm increments


E(n) ✔ ✔ Height increment above 2,200mm; (n) = number of 1,000mm increments
H 3 ✔ Push pad; in place of inside handle
K17 ✔ ✔ Kaba Mas Auditcon 552 electronic lock
K22 ✔ ✔ S&G 2740 electro-mechanical lock
M ✔ ✔ Electric monitoring of bolt status
S ✔ ✔ Stainless steel 316 - finish polished
T ✔ ✔ Slave unit, 90° below handle
T1 ✔ ✔ Slave unit, 90° above handle
U ✔ ✔ Slave unit, 90° and continue, below handle
U 1 ✔ ✔ Slave unit, 90° and continue, above handle
W ✔ ✔ Machine screws with steel dowels
W2 ✔ ✔ Surface fixing by coach screws
W 3 ✔ ✔ Surface fixing by machine screws
✝ Y 0 ✔ Single leaf - non BS EN type device
Z ✔ Double doorset active leaf - BS EN type device
✝ Z0 ✔ Double doorset active and passive leaves - non BS EN type device

✔ Available enhancements

✝ Options non-conformant with BS EN 179 and BS EN 1125 certification

* Indicates handed item

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 29

Slimline:
Enhancements
Enhancements have been designed and tested to enable a basic Slimline device to be closely tailored to meet
customer’s individual requirements, to ensure the performance of a building and those who use the building.
Correct selection will ensure that a door will return to a specific status upon closure and if required linked to other
doors to create an ‘Air-lock’ application.
Each type of enhancement has been allocated an alpha code with numeric variants for each as applicable.
The following section describes each in as much detail as possible and where necessary technical information
has been included to assist in making the correct choice.
A wall chart is available listing all enhancements available for each device.

CODE DESCRIPTION PAGE

A Manual/Auto-bolting 2

B Packing 2

E Height increments 2

H Handle variants 3

K Operational variants 4-5

L External key/handle entry lock (LEO) for ‘Safe exit’ bolting devices 6-8

M Electric monitoring of bolt status 9

N Electric monitoring of lock status 10

O Key cylinder variants from most leading manufacturers, including customer’s own supply 11-12

P Cylinder protection, various levels of testing included 13-14

R Solenoid voltage and power to lock/unlock (fail safe/secure status) 15

S Stainless steel 316 - finish polished 15

T Slave unit, 90° turn of the bolt 16

U Slave unit, 90° turn of the bolt and continue 16

V Visual indicator panel 17

W Various fixing screw packs to suit door construction 18-19

Y Non BS EN device reference 20

Z Double door leaf - BS EN device reference 20-21

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 30

Option A(n) Manual/Auto-bolting


Standard Slimline devices provide automatic bolting upon door closure together with a
patented bi-directional restraint mechanism, suitable for both inward-and outward-opening
hinged doors. Enhancement A(n) provides alternatives to this.

Option A0 Manual bolting


 Auto-bolting not provided. Manual operation required both to throw and retract bolts.
Note: Non compliant for CE marked panic and emergency exits

Option A3 Auto-bolting for sliding doors


Top guide and restraint supplied to suit a sliding door application.

Top guide, restraint and keep


for sliding doors - Option A3

Option B(n) Packing


Additional packing under the device, (n) represents the thickness of packing (mm). Bolts are
already 5mm from the face of the door.

Option E(n) Height Extensions


 For doors above 2200mm tall; (n) represents the number of 1000mm increments, each
increment includes an additional guide bracket.
Example: E1 is suitable for doors up to 3200mm high

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 31

Option H(n) Handle Varients


 arious handle combinations can be selected from those normally supplied for each device.
V

Option H External lever handle


 tainless steel external handle added to ‘Exit’ only devices; provides free access where security
S
is not an issue (i.e. a fire wall partition door).
Option H0 Handle(s) not included, with standard 9.5mm follower
 nables architectural designed handles with 9.5mm square shaft to be selected, non-compliant
E
to BS EN 179: 2008 emergency exit accreditation and no CE marking.
NB: Check with technical department regarding suitable handle requirements.

Option H3 Push pad in place of inside handle


Alternative exit operator retains the BS EN 179: 2008 accreditation and CE marking.

137
191

2.5 19
60 119

Option H9 Handle(s) not included, with standard 8mm follower


 nables architectural designed handles with 8mm square shaft to be selected, non-compliant
E
to BS EN 179: 2008 emergency exit accreditation and no CE marking.
NB: Check with technical department regarding suitable handle requirements.

Option H11 1m bar


 or wider doors when a 1000mm panic bar is preferred to the standard 800mm length bar.
F
Note: Doors wider than 1300mm are outside the scope of BS EN 1125: 2008.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 32

Option K(n) Operational Varients


 Various locking combinations can be selected from those normally supplied for each device.

Option K Key retained in unlocked position


 The key is held retained after unlocking until it is re-secured, ensuring the device is always
locked following key withdrawal. This provides a forced securing function when the key is
attached to the user.
Option K0 Manual locking
 Removes the auto-deadlocking feature (supplied as standard), for applications when a door is
needed to remain unlocked, i.e. to provide free access in a ‘day-time’ mode.

Option K2 External key release in case of power failure


Provides a key entry facility for electric release devices in the event of power failure.

Option K4 Break-dome over turnknob


 Provides a manual lock release 50

facility with visual awareness of


an event, i.e. for use on controlled
exits, or in the case of power failure
for electric release devices.

Break-dome over
turnknob - Option K4

Option K6 Lockable in the retracted position only


 Enables the bolts to be secured in the retracted position.

Option K7 Lockable in the thrown and retracted position


 Enables the bolts to be secured in the thrown and retracted position.

Option K8 Automatic ratchet locking upon bolt retraction, with breach awareness
 A ratchet mechanism secures the bolts when retracted. A key re-set facility is provided.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 33

Option K12 Euro-profile cylinder in place of rim-latch style cylinder


 To be selected when device is to be fitted in a concealed mortice application.
. Note: Euro-profile cylinders are standard with options W8 and W9 (mortice fitting devices), where applicable.

125
Euro-profile cylinder -
Option K12

Option K14 Manual lock-back facility, bolting only (internal Euro-profile cylinder)
 Enables the bolts of a bolting only device to be secured in their retracted position by internal
key operation only, i.e. day-time non auto-bolting application.

Option K15 Shrouded turnknob


 A shield over the turnknob to help prevent external manipulation. 20.5 74.5

Shrouded turnknob -

161
Option K15

258

62

Option K17 Kaba Mas Auditcon 552 electronic lock


 Combination lock alternative - an electronic combination lock in place of the standard Manifoil
combination lock.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 34

Option L(n) LEO - Lock with Emergency Override


 A choice of external key lockable lever handles provides entry for ‘Safe Exit’ devices.
Almost all key cylinder manufacturers can be accommodated to suit a customer’s preference
and/or special suiting requirement (Union fitted as standard). Cylinder guards have been tested
to meet the demanding security requirements of LPS 1175 Security Ratings 2, 3 & 4.


Option L LEO - surface fitting
65

Face fitted to the external face of the door with


fixing bolts passing right through the core of the

123

180
door in a sandwich construction.

26.5
Fitted with a screw-in type cylinder.
35 9.4 32


Option L1 LEO - recess fitting 65

The body of the LEO is recessed into the external


face of the door with fixing bolts passing right 32

through the core of the door in a sandwich


54
22.5 6

construction.
Fitted with a screw-in type cylinder.

190
123
168

Ø28

28
M8 FIXING SCREWS


Option L2 LEO - recess fitting LPS 1175
65

SR 4
As L1 but armoured with a manganese cylinder 32
54

guard and anti-drilling disk.


22.5 6

Fitted with a screw-in type cylinder.


190
123
168

Ø28

28

M8 FIXING SCREWS

LEO - LEO - LEO -


Options L Option L1 Option L2

Indicates handed item

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 35

Option L3 LEO - surface fitting 65

 ace fitted to the external face of the door with fixing


F
bolts passing right through the core of the door in a

123

180
sandwich construction.

26.5
Fitted with a Euro-profile cylinder permitting
on-site cylinder changing.
35 32

Option L4 LEO - recess fitting 65

The body of the LEO is recessed into the external


face of the door with fixing bolts passing right through
the core of the door in a sandwich construction.
32
54

Fitted with a Euro-profile cylinder permitting 22.5 6

on-site cylinder changing.

190
123
168

Ø28

28
M8 FIXING SCREWS

Option L5 LEO - recess fitting 65

As L4 but armoured with a manganese cylinder guard


and anti-drilling disk.
Fitted with a Euro-profile cylinder permitting 32
54

on-site cylinder changing.


22.5 6

190
123
168

Ø28

28

M8 FIXING SCREWS

LEO - LEO - LEO -


Option L3 Option L4 Option L5

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 36

Option M Electric Monitoring of the Bolt Status


A double pole microswitch provides a signal when the bolt is thrown.

Option 'M' wiring diagram

N/C BLUE
1

N/O GREEN
2

C RED
3

Note: Cable core colours may change if other electrical enhancements are fitted.
Option 'M3' wiring diagram

N/C BLUE
Option M7 Motorised bolt release 1

 Enables remote activation to drive the multiple bolts to their retracted position, the bolts are
initially held in their retracted position
N/Oby a timer
GREEN whilst door opening is being initiated, the bolts
2
are then held retracted by the top restraint mechanism whilst the door is
open and the motor returning to its parked position. The bolts automatically
resecuring upon door closure. C RED
3

Supplied complete with a controller, with outputs for bolt and lock
Option
status monitoring and a door 'N' wiring
actuator. diagram
The controller requires mains
electrical input.
N/C BLUE
1
Typical applications:
• Disabled access
N/O GREEN
2
• Remote building activation
• Sterile entry areas
C RED
3

Technical Information:
M7 Motorised bolt
release, left hand
• Voltage 24V DC
shown

Indicates handed item

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
N/C BLUE
1 Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 37

N/O GREEN
Option N Electric Monitoring of the Lock Status 2
A double pole microswitch provides a signal when the lock is secure.
C RED
3

Option 'N' wiring diagram

N/C BLUE
1

N/O GREEN
2

C RED
3

Note: Cable core colours may change if other electrical enhancements are fitted.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 38

Option O(n) Cylinder Variants


 he Slimline range of devices are fitted with Union (5 pin) cylinders as standard but almost
T
any make of cylinder can be specified. This usually enables preferred cylinders and current
key suiting to be maintained. Registered cylinders are available to provide a higher level of
key control.
The following cylinder variants indicate the manufacturer, model, registering information and
security level of cylinder to the European BS EN 1303 and UL standards.

Option O0 Customers own supply


 here a customer chooses to issue cylinders to Surelock McGill, this must be supported with a
W
key for quality control inspection before despatch.
The make of cylinder must be advised when ordering to ensure correct configuration of
the device. Do this by following the option code O0 with the code for the cylinder that you
will provide. For example, code O0 O5 indicates that you are going to supply a Medeco m3-ARX
cylinder.

Option O1 Kaba 20 Registered BS EN 1303 UL

yes 6-2

Option O2 Assa Twin-Combi Registered BS EN 1303 UL

yes 6-2 437

Option O3 Yale (5 pin) Registered BS EN 1303 UL

no

Option O4 Bramah Registered BS EN 1303 UL

yes

Option O5 Medeco m3-ARX Registered BS EN 1303 UL

yes 6-2 437

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 39

Option O6 Ingersoll Registered BS EN 1303 UL

yes

Option O9 Abloy Disklock Pro Registered BS EN 1303 UL

yes 6-2

Option O10 Kaba quattro pluS Registered BS EN 1303 UL

yes 6-2

Option O22 Assa Ruko Flexcore Registered BS EN 1303 UL

yes 3-0

Option O91 Abloy Protech Registered BS EN 1303 UL

yes 6-2

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 40

Option P(n) Cylinder Guards


A range of cylinder guards are available to suit various makes and cylinder profiles, including
rim-latch, profile and screw-in cylinders. Cylinder guards have been tested to meet the
demanding security requirements of LPS 1175 Security Ratings 2, 3, 4 & 5.

Ø56
Option P Rim cylinder guard LPS 1175

SR 3
Stainless steel cylinder guard for conventional shape
rim style cylinders, complete with manganese anti-drill 9

5
protection, for door thickness 44-60mm.

58

38
48
30
72


Ø50
Option P4 Euro-profile cylinder guard

Stainless steel cylinder guard for Euro-profile cylinder


style cylinders, complete with manganese anti-drill
projections.

34
Ø53

Cylinder guards -
Option P Cylinder guard -
Option P4

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 41


Option P5 Rim cylinder guard LPS 1175
n56

SR 4
Manganese steel cylinder guard for conventional 9

5
shape rim latch style cylinders, complete with
manganese anti-drill protection, for door thickness

58
44-60mm.
30

72


Option P6 Rim cylinder guard LPS 1175

SR 5
Manganese steel cylinder guard for conventional
shape rim latch style cylinders, complete with cobalt 5 9

anti-drill protection, for door thickness 52-60mm.

Ø56

38

58
48
42
30

Ø12
36.5 72

Cylinder guard -
Option P5 Cylinder guard -
Option P6

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 42

Option R(n) Solenoid Variants


 selection of continuous rated dc. solenoids with various voltages and operational features.
A
The default standard is 12V, energise to lock (fail secure in the case of power failure) with 6.3W
power consumption and 0.53A current draw.

 Voltage Energise to: Power


 Current draw
consumption
Option R1 24V Unlock - fail secure 6.3W 0.26A

Option R2 12V Lock - fail safe 6.3W 0.53A

Option R3 24V Lock - fail safe 6.3W 0.26A

Option R4 50V Unlock - fail secure 6.3W 0.13A

Option R7 50V Lock - fail safe 6.3W 0.13A

Option S Stainless Steel


 orrosion resistant stainless steel 316 with a polished finish. Ideal for offshore, saline and other
C
hostile situations as well as medical clean rooms.

Example of stainless steel -


Option S

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 43

Option T 90° change of bolt direction below handle


 slave unit that provides a 90° change in direction to secure the lower bolt into the door frame.
A
Typically used where the floor is not suitable for a bottom vertical bolt.

Option T1 90° change of bolt direction above handle


 slave unit that provides a 90° change in direction to secure the lower bolt into the door frame.
A
Typically used where the head is not suitable for a top vertical bolt.

Option U 90° change of bolt direction and continue below handle


 slave unit that provides an additional 90° lower horizontal bolt securing into the door frame.
A
It is typically used to provide additional strength on inward opening doors where the frame
rebate does not aid resistance to attack.

Option U1 90° change of bolt direction and continue above handle


 slave unit which provides an additional 90° upper horizontal bolt securing into the door
A
frame. It is typically used on overheight doors, or to provide additional strength on inward
opening doors where the frame rebate does not aid resistance to attack.

Additional directions
and drives available
104
150

with slave units


104

150
111.6

38.4

23
23

93.5 93.5

90o Slave - 90o Slave & continue -


Option T & T1 Option U & U1

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 44

Option V(n) VIP (Visual Indicator Panels)


 selection of visual indicator panels with a choice of electric monitoring and isolation features.
A
Each device re-secures automatically upon door closure.

Option V VIP (Visual Indicator Panel)


 red indicator flag is driven out when retracting the bolts. This provides a high visibility
A
indication of a door breach. The device re-secures automatically upon door closure. The
indicator is reset with a key.

Option V1 VIP (Visual Indicator Panel) with status monitoring & isolation
 s V but with a microswitch monitoring the bolt retraction and an isolation keyswitch to provide
A
de-activation of the alarm for authorised use. Both key cylinders are keyed alike.

Option V2 VIP (Visual Indicator Panel) with status monitoring


As V but with a microswitch monitoring the bolt retraction.

138

102 34

35

206
78

VIP examples of -
Option V & V2

66 405.5
198
99

93.5 24.8

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 45

Option W(n) Fixing Packs


 selection of fixing packs is available to suit mortice and surface fitting devices to both timber
A
and steel doors.

Option W 
Steel core - surface fixing to timber doors

 he most secure way of fixing a surface fitted device


T
to a timber door. Steel dowels with threaded nuts
inserted into the core of the door, machine screws
pass through the device securing into the threaded
nuts, ensuring a strong secure fitting.

Coach screw - surface fixing to timber doors


Option W2 

 fast and simple way of fixing a surface fitted device
A
to a timber door.

Option W3 
Machine screw - surface fixing to steel doors

 fast and simple way of fixing a surface fitted device
A
to a steel door.

Security screw - surface fixing to timber doors


Option W5 

Pin-Torx screws supplied to provide a tamper resistant
method of fixing a surface fitted device to a timber door.

Option W6 
Security screw - surface fixing to steel doors

Pin-Torx screws supplied to provide a tamper resistant
method of fixing a surface fitted device to a steel door.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 46

Option W8  Mortice fixing pack for timber doors

Comprising of a set of door edge guides for fitting to a prepared timber door to support the
bolts as they pass out of the door. The centre module is mounted on the forend plate fitted to
the leading edge of the door and guiding the horizontal bolt.

Note: Euro-profile cylinders are supplied on concealed mortice devices where applicable.

Option W9  Mortice fixing pack for steel doors

Comprising of a set of door edge guides for fitting to a prepared steel door to support the bolts
as they pass out of the door. The centre module is mounted on the forend plate fitted to the
leading edge of the door and guiding the horizontal bolt.
Note: Euro-profile cylinders are supplied on concealed mortice devices where applicable.

Concealed mortice fixing packs -


Option W8 & W9

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 47

Option Y0 Single leaf - non BS EN type device


 Where the sprung bottom bolt of a bolting-only device is not required.

Option Y0

Option Z Double doorset active leaf - BS EN1125 type device


 Identifier for a device that is for the active leaf of a BS EN1125 accredited double doorset.
Such a device is supplied with three horizontal bolts that secure against the passive leaf.
Strike plates are included for the passive leaf.

Double doorset BS EN1125 active


leaf device - Option Z

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 48

Option Z0 Double doorset active and passive leaves - non BS EN type device
 Identifier for both the active and passive leaf of a non BS EN accredited double doorset.
Comprises interlinked panic bars for both active and passive leaves. Sprung bottom bolt not included.

Double doorset interlinks non BS EN device -


Option Z0

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 49

Slimline: Frame keeps and base


plates for surface-mounted
systems
A wide selection of keeps and strike plates are available to suit almost
every application. These need to be ordered separately.

Available in heavy-section steel with a grey-white RAL 9002 leatherette powder coating finish, or from polished
stainless steel (add suffix ‘-S’ to your ordering code). For steel core (dowel) fixing add suffix ‘-W’ to your
ordering code.

SA Frame keep and base plate

Designed to receive the horizontal bolt


on an inward- or outward-opening door 73
hung in a steel frame.

25
M6 CLEAR

20
5
3
SA1 Extended frame keep and base plate

Designed to receive the horizontal bolt


on outward-opening double-leaf timber
or steel doors. The extended base plate M6 CLEAR
3
ensures that the fixing screws enter into
the solid section of the door and not the
narrow section formed by the rebate.
73

SA1 may also be used in place of the


standard SA where a secure fixing near
the edge of the frame is not possible. 16 25 5 20

SA2 Frame keep and base plate with striker


73

Used in conjunction with the Slimline


25

‘autobolting’ feature, the frame keep and


M6 CLEAR
base plate with striker is designed for use
16

on narrow-section metal frames with an 3mm BASE PLATE


5

outward-opening door.
20

The striker releases the restraint


mechanism within the Slimline system,
allowing the bolts to fire automatically 25

into their respective keeps, thus giving


a ‘slam-shut’ facility.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 50

Keep plates for morticed and surface-mounted systems

Available in heavy-section steel with a zinc-plated finish, or from polished stainless steel (add suffix -
'S' to your ordering code). This range of keeps is primarily designed for use with morticed systems.

On timber frames the keeps can be recessed flush with the frame. On metal frames they can be fixed to
reinforce a thin section prior to frame installation.

SB Keep plate with snib

Designed to be recessed into timber


frames with doors which have been fitted
with a morticed system. The snib protects
the frame from any accidental damage or

25

75
No 10 screw

undue wear by the bolt.

30 8.5 5

SB1 Keep plate without snib

Designed to reinforce metal frames with


doors which have been fitted with a
morticed system or with outward-opening
doors fitted with a surface mounted

75
No 10 screw
system.

30 5

SB2 Off-centre keep plate without snib

Designed to reinforce steel frames with


outward-opening doors that have been
fitted with a surface-mounted system.
This reduces the amount of packing

75
No 10 screw
which may otherwise be necessary under
a system.
4
30 5

SB4 Keep plate with snib and strike button

Designed for the top vertical bolt of a


mortice fitted device hung in a timber
25

90

frame. Door thickness up to 50mm.


No 10 screw

30 10 5

SB6 Keep plate with snib and strike button

Designed for the top vertical bolt of a


mortice fitted device hung in a timber
25

frame. Door thickness up to 60mm.


90

No 10 screw

30 13.6 5

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 51

Outward-opening frame keeps for surface-mounted systems

Made from heavy-section steel with a grey-white RAL 9002 leatherette powder coating finish as standard,
or from polished stainless steel (add suffix -'S' to your ordering code).

SC Outward-opening timber frame keep

Designed for use on timber frames with No 12 SCREWS

an outward-opening door.

110
22 3 50

SC1 Outward-opening timber frame keep


and strike

Designed for use with the ‘auto-bolting’

25
feature on an outward-opening door
hung in a timber frame. The striker

18
releases the restraint mechanism No 12 SCREWS
allowing the bolts to fire into their keeps,
thus providing a ‘slam-shut’ facility.

50
3
110

SC2 Outward-opening steel frame keep


and strike

Designed for use with the ‘auto-bolting’


feature on an outward-opening door
25

hung in a steel frame. The striker releases


the restraint mechanism allowing No 12 SCREWS

the bolts to fire into their keeps, thus


providing a ‘slam-shut’ facility. Can also
51

be used as an alternative on a timber


frame in place of SC1.
5

110

SC8 Outward-opening timber/steel


frame keep

Designed for use on both timber


and steel frames with an outward
opening door.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Enhancements 03.16 page 52

Inward-opening frame keeps for surface mounted systems


Made from heavy-section steel with a grey-white RAL 9002 leatherette powder coating finish or from polished
stainless steel (add suffix -S to your ordering code), these keeps are suitable for surface-mounted systems on
inward-opening doors with timber frames.

SA Frame keep and base plate

73
Designed to receive the horizontal bolt
on an inward- or outward-opening door

25
hung in a steel frame.
M6 CLEAR

20
5
3
SD Inward opening timber frame keep

Designed for use with an inward-opening


door hung in a timber frame. No 10
SCREWS
63 3 26 19

110
Floor keeps
Made from heavy-section stainless steel, this keep is suitable for morticed or surface-mounted systems and
inward- or outward-opening doors.

SF Dust excluding floor socket

This keep is fitted with a sprung plunger


which returns to a flush-floor position, n50
6

reducing the amount of dust and grit often


associated with normal floor sockets.
49

n28

SE Easy cleaning floor socket


110

This keep enables dust and grit to be


21

easily swept clean.


30

Alternative receiving keeps are available for the lower vertical bolt, to suit various site conditions, and are illustrated below.

SA SB SB1 SB2 SC SD

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Popular Enhancements 03.16 page 53

Slimline self creating coding system: Popular Enhancement Chart


Four steps to Slimline
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Example system code: SL 3 1 5 - 04 - N P W

Number of bolts Entry Exit Enhancements The above code SL315-04-NPW specifies a Slimline 3-point device, with external key entry,
emergency exit release and lever handle both sides. The enhancement codes specify electric
2 2-point securing 0
No entry provision 0 No exit provision Customise to suit monitoring of lock status (N), a cylinder guard (P) and steel core fixing (W).
3 3-point securing 1 Key and handle entry 1 Key and handle exit specific requirements.
Codes A to Z. Note: The code “04” specifies right hand outward opening (refer to the handing chart below for the various differs).
4 4-point securing 2 Electric
 release and 2 Electric release and handle exit
handle entry
On double doors 3 Turnknob
 release and handle exit
specify each leaf 3 Combination
 lock release 4 Panic exit
separately. and handle entry
5 Emergency
 exit handle
6
Push pad POPULAR ENHANCEMENTS - if required (for detailed information see descriptions below) FIXINGS
DEVICE CODINGS

ENTRY ENTRY DESCRIPTION


A0 E(n) H3 K K0 K2 K17 L L1 L2 M M7 N O0 O1 O2 O5 O9 O10 O91 P P5 S W W2 W3
BOLTING

0 4 Bolting - Panic Exit; BS EN 1125: 2008; panic bar ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔


0 5 Bolting - Emergency Exit; BS EN 179: 2008; internal lever handle ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
0 6 Bolting - Emergency Exit; BS EN 179: 2008; internal push pad ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

0 1 Deadlocking; internal key and handle release ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔


1 0 Deadlocking; external cylinder; stainless steel lever handle outside only; no exit facilities ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
1 1 Deadlocking; external cylinder; internal cylinder keyed-alike; stainless steel lever handle both sides ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
1 3 Deadlocking; external cylinder; internal turnknob release; stainless steel lever handle both sides ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
1 4 Deadlocking; external cylinder; internal panic bar exit (option ‘X’ facility built-in); BS EN 1125: 2008 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
1 5 Deadlocking; external cylinder; internal lever handle emergency exit (option ‘X’ facility built-in); BS EN 179: 2008 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
1 6
DEADLOCKING

Deadlocking; external cylinder; internal push pad emergency exit (option ‘X’ facility built-in); BS EN 179: 2008 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Deadlocking electric lock; 12V solenoid - energise to unlock (fail secure); stainless steel lever handle outside only;
2 0 no exit facilities ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Deadlocking; electric lock; 12V solenoid - energise to unlock (fail secure); stainless steel lever handle both sides;
2 1 internal key release ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
2 2 Deadlocking; electric lock; 12V solenoid - energise to unlock (fail secure); stainless steel lever handles both sides ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Deadlocking; electric lock; 12V solenoid - energise to unlock (fail secure); internal turnknob release; stainless steel lever
2 3 handles both sides ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Deadlocking; electric lock; 12V solenoid - energise to unlock (fail secure); external stainless steel lever handle;
2 4 internal panic bar exit (option ‘X’ facility built-in); BS EN 1125: 2008 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Deadlocking; electric lock; 12V solenoid - energise to unlock (fail secure); external stainless steel lever handle;
2 5 internal lever handle emergency exit (option ‘X’ facility built-in); BS EN 179: 2008 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Deadlocking; electric lock; 12V solenoid - energise to unlock (fail secure); external stainless steel lever
2 6 handle; internal push pad emergency exit (option ‘X’ facility built-in); BS EN 179: 2008 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
3 0 Deadlocking; S&G 8550 combination lock; stainless steel lever handle outside only; no exit facilities ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Deadlocking; S&G 8550 combination lock; stainless steel lever handle entry; internal green lever handle emergency exit
3 5 (option ‘X’ facility built-in); BS EN 179: 2008 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Enhancement code descriptions: K4 Break-dome over turnknob N Electronic monitoring of lock status P Cylinder guard for thickness 44-60mm -
tested to LPS 1175 rating ✔ Popular enhancements
A0 Manual bolting K17 Kaba Mas Auditcon 552 electric lock O0 Customers own cylinder supply (free issue)
E(n) Height increment above 2200mm; L LEO - external key-entry lock with internal O1 Kaba-20 cylinder (registered) P5 Cylinder guard for thickness 44-60mm -
emergency override - surface mounted tested to LPS 1175 rating ✔ Available enhancements
(n) = number of 1000mm increments O2 Assa Twin Combi 5800 cylinder (registered)
H3 Push pad; in lieu of standard internal operation L1 Recessed LEO (flush fitting) with cylinder guard - O5 Medeco m3-ARX (registered) S Stainless Steel 316 Dependant on other enhancement(s)
K Key retained in unlocked position tested to LPS 1175 rating 4 protection O9 Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered) W Steelcore fixing with machine screws - refer to Slimline catalogue
K0 Manual locking M Electronic monitoring of bolt status O10 Kaba quattro pluS cylinder (registered) W2 Surface fixing by coach screws
K2 External key release in case of power failure M7 Motorised bolt release O91 Abloy Protec (registered) W3 Surface fixing by machine screws Other dependant enhancements

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Full List - Enhancements Slimline Full 54
03.16 page List - Enhan

Slimline - Full list of Enhancements available


Slimline Entry/Exit Codes Slimline Entry/Exit Codes Enhancements

2-314*

2-315*

2-316*

2-324*

2-325*

2-326*

2-330*

2-335*
2-304

2-305

2-306

2-301

2-310

2-311

2-313

2-320

2-321

2-322

2-323
Code Description

405
† 4 4 4 4 A0 Manual bolting
† 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 A 3
Auto-bolting sliding doors
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 B(n) Packing; (n) = number of 1mm increments
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 E(n) Height increment above 2,200mm; (n) = number of 1,000mm increments
4 4 4 H External stainless steel lever handle addition (non lockable) handle addition (non lockable)
† 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 H 0
Handle(s) not included
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 H3 Push pad; in place of inside handle
† 4 4 4 4 4 H9 Handles not included; with 8mm follower
4 4 4 H 11
1M long panic bar
K Key retained in unlocked position
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 K 0
Manual locking
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 K2 External key release in case of power failure
4 4 K 4
Break-dome over turnknob
4 4 4 K6 Lockable in the retracted position only (function according to system type)
4 4 4 4 K 7
Lockable in thrown and retracted position (function according to system type)
4 4 4 K8 Automatic ratchet locking upon bolt retraction - internal key re-set facility
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 K12
Euro-profile cylinder in place of rim-latch style cylinder
4 4 4 K14 Manual lock-back facility, bolting only (internal Euro-profile cylinder)
4 4 K15 Shrouded turnknob
4 4 4 K17
Kaba Mas Auditcon 552 electronic lock
4 4 4 K22 S&G 2740 electro-mechanical lock

* 4 4 4 4 L LEO - external key-entry lock with internal emergency override - surface mounted

* 4 4 4 4 L1 Recessed LEO (flush fitting) - tested to LPS 1175 rating 3 protection

* 4 4 4 4 L 2
Recessed LEO (flush fitting) with cylinder guard - tested to LPS 1175 rating 4 protection

* 4 4 4 4 L3 LEO with Euro-profile cylinder - external key-entry lock with internal emergency override - surface mounted

* 4 4 4 4 L 4
Recessed LEO (flush fitting) with Euro-profile cylinder - tested to LPS 1175 rating 3 protection

*
Recessed LEO (flush fitting) with Euro-profile cylinder and cylinder guard - tested to LPS 1175 rating 4
4 4 4 4 L5
protection tested to LPS 1175 rating 4 protection

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 M Electric monitoring of bolt status


4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 M7 Motorised bolt release
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 N Electric monitoring of lock status
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 O0 Cylinder - supplied free‑issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 O1 Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 O2 Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 O 3
Cylinder - Yale
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 O4 Cylinder - Bramah (registered)
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 O 5
Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 O 6
Cylinder - Ingersoll (registered)
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 O 9
Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 O10 Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 O22 Cylinder - Assa Ruko Flexcore (choice for registration)
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 O 91
Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
4 4 4 4 4 4 P Cylinder guard for door thickness 44-60mm - tested to LPS 1175 rating 3 protection
P 2
Cylinder guard S-8374 for door thickness of 50 to 56mm only suitable for Ingersoll cylinder option 06
P3 Cylinder guard S-8374 for door thickness of 44 to 49mm only suitable for Ingersoll cylinder option 06
P 4
Cylinder guard to take Euro profile cylinder - tested to LPS 1175 rating 3 protection
4 4 4 4 4 4 P5 Cylinder guard for door thickness 44-60mm - tested to LPS 1175 rating 4 protection
4 4 4 4 4 4 P 6
Cylinder guard for door thickness 44-60mm - tested to LPS 1175 rating 5 protection
4 4 4 4 Q4 Resistance to end load
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 R 1
Access control (energise to unlock) 24 volt solenoid
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 R2 Access control (energise to lock) 12 volt solenoid
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 R3 Access control (energise to lock) 24 volt solenoid
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 R 4
Access control (energise to unlock) 50 volt solenoid
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 R7 Access control (energise to lock) 50 volt solenoid
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 S Stainless steel 316 - finish polished
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 T Slave unit, 90 deg. below handle
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 T 1
Slave unit, 90 deg. above handle
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 U Slave unit, 90 deg. & continue, below handle
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 U 1
Slave unit, 90 deg. & continue, above handle

* 4 4 4 V VIP (Visual Indicator Panel)

* 4 4 4 V 1
VIP (Visual Indicator Panel) with electric monitoring of indicator & isolation keyswitch

* 4 4 4 V2 VIP (Visual Indicator Panel) with electric monitoring of indicator


4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 W Machine screws with steel dowels
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 W 2
Surface fixing by coach screws
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 W3 Surface fixing by machine screws
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 W 8
Mortice fixing pack with guides - timber doors
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 W9 Mortice fixing pack with guides - steel doors
† 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Y 0
Single leaf - non BSEN type device
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Z Double doorset active leaf - BSEN type device
† 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Z 0
Double doorset active and passive leaves - non BSEN type device

4 Available enhancements † Options non-conformant with BSEN 179 and BS EN 1125 certification
Dependant on other enhancement(s) * Handing required
Slimline Standard Packages 03.16 page 55

Slimline Standard Packages

Slimline Standard
Packages
Fast track delivery, ready to fit
Slimline multi-point Standard Packages are delivered ready to install. The packages are
commonly selected configurations from the Slimline range. Fixings and keeps are included for an
outward opening steel or timber core door, hung in a steel or timber frame and a concrete floor.
Note: Separate keeps are available for inward opening doors (see ‘Additional Items’).

Slimline Standard Packages include for


• Safe exits
• Key release entry
• Electric release entry

Slimline Standard Packages are


• Easy to order
• Suitable for steel and timber doorsets
• Suitable for door heights of up to 2200mm

High Performance
• Robust, offering long trouble free life
• Independently tested to 200,000 cycles
• In-house testing to over one million cycles
• 96hrs-240hrs salt spray testing
• Slimline devices have been successfully tested to LPS 1175
Security Rated 2, 3, 4, & 5 doorsets
• Successfully blast tested on doors in accordance with the methodology set out within
ISO 16933 EXV15 & EXV25, utilising the hazard rating as defined for Walls and Doors
• Simply a ‘Lock-in-a-box’, the complete package

Safe exits conforming to the 2008 revision of European standards BS EN 1125:


2008 and BS EN 179: 2008, CE marked.

A Lock-in-a-box
Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Standard Packages 03.16 page 56

Slimline Standard Packages


The security of buildings and assets, combined with the safety of people at work, is a necessity in todays world of
crime and terrorism. Standards have been developed to measure the ability of doors and devices to meet many of
the perceived threats.
Surelock products have been successfully tested against the extremes of physical attack, providing the strength and
resilience needed for high performance fire, blast and ballistic protection doors, combining performance with the
choice of operational functionality to suit most applications.
The modular design of Slimline provides a common fixing footprint and key cylinder position, enabling alternative
modules to be retrofitted to meet changes of a customer’s operational requirement.

Slimline Features
• 15mm hardened steel bolts each with 25mm throw
• Positive engagement
• Easily adjusted
• Steel drilling template provides for accurate installation
• Suitable for door heights up to 2200mm

Bolts Securing
2-point - Two vertical bolts securing into the head and floor, typically for a single leaf or double leaf doors with
plain meeting stiles.
3-point - Two vertical bolts securing into the head and floor, plus a single horizontal bolt securing into the
leading frame jamb.
4-point - Two vertical bolts securing into the head and floor, plus two horizontal bolts securing into each of the
frame jambs.
5-point - Three horizontal bolts form the active leaf and securing across to the passive leaf, whilst the passive
leaf is secured top and bottom by two vertical bolts. This enables either of the panic bars to be
operated to gain a safe exit.

Meeting Your Duty of Care with Confidence


The safety of people within a building is paramount today - safety requirements have to be met in public buildings,
places of work, secure institutions etc. Standards have evolved to measure the ability of doors and devices to meet
safety requirements.
Slimline standard packages ensure that emergency and panic
exits can also meet your security requirements.These offer wide
ranging high security certification including conformance to
blast, ballistics and other hostility standards.
The latest European standards for panic and emergency
exits have been updated to the ‘2008’ revision, to ensure
maximum safety.
Slimline products provide you with the best products, together
with full certification and CE marking to BS EN 1125: 2008 for
panic exits and BS EN 179: 2008 for emergency exits.
Total confidence and conformance to the latest safety
requirements is assured. A 'Lock - in a Box'

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Standard Packages 03.16 page 57

Safe Exits
The choice of Slimline safe exit devices cater for both single and double leaf doors, with 2-, 3-, 4- and 5-point
bolt securing. The choice of exit operation includes panic bar, lever handle or push pad, all independently type
tested to the latest European certification and CE marked.

SLP204 SLP304 SLP305 SLP405

SLP504

Extracts from the standards:

BS EN 1125: 2008 (panic exit) BS EN 179: 2008 (emergency exit)

‘for use on escape routes in public ‘For use on escape routes where people
areas, public buildings, places of public are familiar with the exit and its hardware
entertainment, shops etc., or those that and therefore a panic situation is most
have to be operated in a panic situation.’ unlikely to develop.’

Package code Door leaves Bolts securing Exit operator Exit certification CE marked
SLP204 Single* 2 Panic bar BS EN 1125: 2008 ✔
SLP304 Single 3 Panic bar BS EN 1125: 2008 ✔
SLP305 Single 3 Lever handle BS EN 179: 2008 ✔
SLP405 Single 4 Lever handle BS EN 179: 2008 ✔
SLP504 Double 5 Panic bars (2) BS EN 1125: 2008 ✔

*2 No SLP204 are suitable for use on a pair of non-rebated double doors, securing each door leaf at the top and bottom.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Standard Packages 03.16 page 58

Key Release
Slimline key release packages provide external key entry, with a lever handle to retract the multiple bolts,
permitting the door to be opened. Automatic re-securing upon door closure ensures maximum security at all times.

Key release packages include a Union 5 pin cylinder complete with two keys.

The choice of exit methods include:

SLP313 SLP314 SLP315

Indicates handing item, refer to handing chart below

* *

* When fitted with 'option K'

Product Codes:

Package Bolts CE
Door leaves Entry operator Exit operator Exit certification
code securing marked
Key and lever Turnknob and
SLP313 Single 3
handle lever handle
Key and lever BS EN 1125: 2008
SLP314 Single 3 Panic bar ✔
handle UL305
Key and lever
SLP315 Single 3 Lever handle BS EN 179: 2008 ✔
handle

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Standard Packages 03.16 page 59

Electric Release
Slimline electric release packages provide for external access control entry, with a lever handle to retract the
multiple bolts. permitting the door to be opened. Automatic re-securing upon door closure ensures maximum
security at all times.

Electric release packages include a solenoid, energised to unlock (fail secure), rated at 12 V, 6.3 W (0.53 A).

The choice of exit methods include:

SLP322 SLP324 SLP325

Indicates handing item, refer to handing chart below

* *

* When fitted with 'option K'

Product Codes:

Package Bolts CE
Door leaves Entry operator Exit operator Exit certification
code securing marked
Access control Access control
SLP322 Single 3
and lever handle and lever handle
Access control BS EN 1125: 2008
SLP324 Single 3 Panic bar ✔
and lever handle UL305
Access control
SLP325 Single 3 Lever handle BS EN 179: 2008 ✔
and lever handle

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Standard Packages 03.16 page 60

Slimline Standard Packages


Keeps and Fixings - Slimline standard packages are supplied with fixings and keeps suited for an outward opening
steel or timber core door, hung in a steel or timber frame and a concrete floor.

SC8 Outward opening SC2 Outward opening SF Dust excluding


frame keep frame keep and strike floor keep

Coach screw fixing Machine screw fixing


for timber doors for steel doors

Additional Items (to be ordered separately, if required)


Inward opening keeps - alternative keeps are SA-W3 Inward SD Inward
available within the Slimline range to suit inward opening steel opening timber
opening doors, these need to be selected to suit the frame keep frame keep
frame detail and ordered separately.

LEO (Lock with Emergency Override) - surface S-11330-05 Surface mounted LEO
mounted lockable handle providing key entry (Lock with Emergency Override),
on a ‘Safe Exit’ door. A Union 5 pin Euro-profile left hand shown
cylinder enables on-site cylinder change-over to
a customer’s specific cylinder make or suiting,
complete with two keys.

Ordering codes: S-11330-04 (right hand)

S-11330-05 (left hand)

Rim cylinder - Union 5 pin rim cylinder to provide S-11303 Rim cylinder,
key entry in case of power failure on electric release complete with two keys
devices, complete with two keys.

Ordering code: S-11303

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Standard Packages 03.16 page 61

Slimline Standard Packages


Ordering codes explained
Slimline multi-point Standard Packages are delivered ready to install. The packages are commonly selected
configurations from the Slimline range. Fixings and keeps are included for an outward opening steel or timber core
door, hung in a steel or timber frame and a concrete floor.

SLP Slimline Package


Step 1 Choose the number of bolts securing (2, 3 or 4)
Step 2 Choose how you wish to enter
Step 3 Choose how you wish to exit

Note: Panic and emergency exit deadlocking devices are handed, refer to the handing chart and ordering example
below for ordering clarification.

Entry Exit

No entry Key driven Electric Combination No exit Key driven Electric Turnknob Emergency
release lock release release exit
Code 0 1 2 3 Code 0 1 2 3 5

Example system code: SLP 3 2 5 - 04

The above code ‘SLP325-04’ refers to a Slimline


3-point securing electric release entry device, with a
single handed emergency exit operation, conforming
to BS EN 179: 2008, CE marked.
‘04’ refers to a right hand device.

Surelock’s aspirations to provide customers with the correct solution to meet an ever expanding complexity of
operational requirements have once again proven to be successful. If you have a specific operational requirement,
no matter how complex, we are pleased to provide a solution.

Intellectual Property Rights


All Surelock products are the subject of intellectual property rights. These rights include patent and design rights,
in particular UK patents 2289084, 2307270, 2321277, 2323272, 2330375, 2346927, 2351542, 2355282, 2359111,
2361959, 2364740, 2413822, 2423787, 2425325, 2462229 & 2462387, plus UK patent applications 2445948 &
2458893 together with overseas patents and applications.
In accordance with our policy of continual development and improvement we reserve the right to make changes in
design and specifications without notice.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling 03.16 page 62

Stirling single-point locks


for all your safety and
security needs

Stirling
A range of locks built for reliability and high cycle usage
Stirling devices enable you to choose a lock that:
• Provides security against planned forced entry.
• Ensures a ‘Duty of Care’ conformance that you need for both security and safety.
• Can enforce an entry/exit procedure and observe your final door status requirement.

Stirling Locks are


• Surface mounted for maximum door strength.
• Tested to over one million cycles.
• Easy to specify (refer to the ordering information at the end of the section).

Performance
Security Stirling devices have been successfully tested to LPS 1175 Security
Rated 2, 3, & 4 doorsets
Fire Successfully tested on BS 476 part 22:1987 doorsets
Blast Successfully blast tested on doors in accordance with the methodology
set out within ISO 16933 EXV25, utilising the hazard rating as defined for
Walls and Doors
Panic Exit Independently type tested to BS EN 1125: 2008, CE marked
Emergency Exit Independently type tested to BS EN 179: 2008, CE marked

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Safe Exits 03.16 page 63

Stirling: Panic and


Emergency exits
High performance, safe exit devices

Stirling bolting devices are:


• Strong
• Simple to specify
• Tested to over one million cycles
• Attractively finished

Stirling bolting only devices have:


• Automatic bolting upon door closure
• Proven rack and pinion mechanism
• Hardened steel bolts
• Choice of exit methods

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Safe Exits 03.16 page 64

Modular system
The Stirling range has been designed with a common fixing footprint, enabling alternative modules to be
retrofitted to meet changes of customer requirements.

Performance
Security Successfully tested on LPS 1175 Security Rating 2, 3 and 4 doorsets

Fire Successfully tested on BS 476 part 22:1987

Panic Exit Independently type tested to BS EN 1125: 2008, CE marked

Emergency Exit Independently type tested to BS EN 179: 2008, CE marked

Operation
Stirling safe exits provide auto-latching upon door closure. A panic bar is required for buildings used by general
public. Alternatively there is a choice of emergency exit by means of lever handle or push pad.

Fitting
Supplied for surface fitting, ensuring the fabric strength of the door is maintained.

Stirling Features
• 19mm square bolt with 25mm throw
• Positive latching engagement
• Steel template provides accurate and rapid installation

Stirling Benefits
• High performance
Steel template
• Modular design guide

• Reliable, offering long trouble free life


• Choice of entry and exit methods
• Upgrade solution for existing doors

27
3mm Packing plate
25 throw
19

175
99
63
42

12
48
30.5
84
112

Stirling ‘ST105’ emergency exit centre module


dimensions (mm)

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Safe Exits 03.16 page 65

Self-coding system
Stirling (ST) modular devices have a simple ordering code that covers the chosen methods of entry and exit,
followed by additional enhancements to further customise the device. Stirling devices are suitable for fitting to
almost any door.
The device is easy to specify:
Step 1. The number of bolts securing is predetermined for the Stirling range (1)
Step 2. Apply entry code 0 (safe exit door)*
Step 3. Choose the required exit code 4 (panic) or 5 (emergency)
Step 4. Select any enhancements to customise and suit specific requirements
Handing and opening direction is required when ordering Stirling locks, please refer to the Surelock McGill
handing chart for the correct two digit coding.
That’s it! The device is specified.
* P
 anic and emergency exit devices have a ‘0’ entry code, these can be supplied with an external key and/or
handle entry, refer to the enhancement codes for the appropriate application.

Four steps to Stirling


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4
Number of bolts Entry Exit  Enhancements
1 1-point securing 0 No entry provision 4 Panic exit Customise to suit
specific requirements
5 Emergency
 exit
(eg. as example system
handle
code shown below)
6 Push
 pad K10 External
 key entry
W Steel
 core fixing

Note: If key entry is required


on bolting-only devices refer
to ‘Enhancements’ code ‘L’

Example system code: ST 1 0 5 - 04 - K10 W


The above code ST105-04-K10W specifies a Stirling single-point, lever handle emergency exit device.
The enhancement codes K10 specifies external key entry, no external handle required and ‘W’ for steel core fixing.
Note: The code “04” specifies righthand outward opening.

Stirling enhancements
The Stirling range is supported with a full range of enhancements enabling a device to be tailored to meet the
most demanding requirements. Devices are supplied for surface mounting and latching upon door closure.
Refer to the Stirling ‘Enhancement Guide’ for full information on available enhancements.
A selection of frame keeps is available to suit most applications, refer to ‘Stirling Keeps and Strikes’ for details.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Safe Exits 03.16 page 66

Popular Enhancements
The following is a summary of the more popular enhancements chosen for Stirling safe exit devices; refer to the
full enhancement chart for the full choice and details of enhancements available.

CODE DESCRIPTION

H External lever handle addition

H3 Push pad; in place of inside handle; BS EN 179: 2008


K External key/handle access (protected profile style cylinder – (Union as standard) and resistance to bolt end-
2

thrust attack (option Q4)


K10 External key access; no handle required; rim latch style cylinder – (Union as standard)

M Electric monitoring of bolt status


O0 Customer supplied cylinder
O
1
Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O2 Cylinder - Assa Twin 5800
O 5
Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock (registered, gold level)
Q4 Anti-thrust resistance (seven times BS 3621)
W Steel core fixing with machine screws
W2 Surface fixing by coach screws

W3 Surface fixing by machine screws

A Surelock McGill ‘Safe Exit’ specific brochure is available, upon request.

Quality statement
Our continued commitment to product excellence and accreditation to ISO 9001: 2008 throughout the group
ensures unequalled customer satisfaction and is our ‘Seal of Excellence’.

Intellectual Property Rights


All Surelock products are the subject of intellectual property rights. These rights include patent and design
rights, in particular UK patents 2289084, 2307270, 2321277, 2323272, 2330375, 2346927, 2351542, 2355282,
2359111, 2361959, 2364740, 2413822, 2423787, 2425325, 2462229 & 2462387, plus UK patent applications
2445948 & 2458893 together with overseas patents and applications.
In accordance with our policy of continual development and improvement we reserve the right to make changes
in design and specifications without notice.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Safe Exits 03.16 page 67

‘Stirling’ Bolting Devices - Enhancements available

Entry/Exit Codes
CODE 104 105 Description

H ✔ ✔ External lever handle addition


H3 ✔ ✔ Push pad; in place of inside handle; BS EN 179: 2008
H6 ✔ ✔ Panic bar; in place of inside handle; BS EN 1125: 2008
External key/handle access (protected profile style cylinder – Union as standard)
K2 ✔ ✔
and resistance to bolt end-thrust attack (option 'Q4')
K10 ✔ External Key access; no handle required; rim-latch style cylinder – (Union as standard)
External key/handle access (rim-latch style cylinder – Union as standard) and
K13 ✔ ✔ resistance to bolt end-thrust attack (option Q4)
M ✔ ✔ Electric monitoring of bolt status
N Electric monitoring of lock status
O0 Customer supplied cylinder
O1 Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O2 Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800
O3 Cylinder - Yale
O4 Cylinder - Bramah (registered)
O5 Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O6 Cylinder - Ingersoll (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O10 Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O22 Cylinder - Assa Ruko Flexcore (choice for registration)
O91 Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
Cylinder guard (rim-latch style) for door thickness 44-60mm - tested to LPS1175
P rating 3 protection
Q4 ✔ ✔ Anti-thrust resistance (seven times BS 3621)
W ✔ ✔ Machine screws with steel dowels
W2 ✔ ✔ Surface fixing by coach screws
W3 ✔ ✔ Surface fixing by machine screws
W5 ✔ ✔ Surface fixing by security screws - timber doors and frames

✔ Available enhancements
Dependant on other enhancement(s)

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Key Release 03.16 page 68

Stirling:
Key Release
High performance, key entry devices

Stirling locking devices are:


• Strong
• Simple to specify
• Tested to over one million cycles
• Attractively finished

Stirling key-driven deadlocks have:


• Automatic re-securing upon door closure
• Proven rack and pinion mechanism
• Hardened steel bolts
• Choice of exit methods
• Choice of cylinders from leading manufacturers
• Available in stainless steel 316 for hostile environments

* *

* Dependant of option code

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Key Release 03.16 page 69

Modular system
The Stirling range has been designed with a common fixing footprint and key cylinder position,
enabling alternative modules to be retrofitted to meet changes of customer requirements.

Choice of cylinders*
Key cylinders can be selected from most leading manufacturers, or customers own supply,
enabling existing suiting requirements to be maintained.
* ‘Union’ cylinders fitted as standard.
Key cylinders from most
leading manufacturers
Performance
Stirling provides the renowned Surelock McGill strength and stability required for high performance
doors, including:
Security Successfully tested on LPS 1175 Security Rating 2, 3 and 4 doorsets
Fire Successfully tested on BS 476 part 22:1987
Panic Exit Independently type tested to BS EN 1125: 2008, CE marked
Emergency Exit Independently type tested to BS EN 179: 2008, CE marked

Operation
Key release devices, provide automatic re-securement upon door
closure with a wide choice of exit solutions including turnknob lock release, panic
or emergency exit (refer to the ‘Self-coding system’ guide to select the correct operation).

Fitting
Supplied as standard for surface fitting, ensuring the fabric strength of the door
is maintained.

Stirling Features
• 19mm square bolt with 25mm throw
• Positive latching engagement
• Easily adjusted Steel template guide
• Euro-profile cylinder as standard complete with cylinder guard
• Steel template provides accurate
and rapid installation

Stirling Benefits
• High performance
27
• Modular design 3mm Packing plate
25 throw
• Reliable, offering long trouble free life
19

• Choice of entry and exit methods


175

• Upgrade solution for existing doors


99
63
42

12
48
30.5
84
112

Euro-profile cylinder with


guard: S-10261 (code P4) Stirling ‘ST113’ key & turnknob release centre module dimensions (mm)

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Key Release 03.16 page 70

Self-coding system
Stirling (ST) modular devices have a simple ordering code that covers the chosen methods of entry and exit,
followed by additional enhancements to further customise the device. Stirling devices are suitable for fitting to
almost any door.
The device is easy to specify:
Step 1. The number of bolts securing is predetermined for the Stirling range (1)
Step 2. Apply entry code 1 (key release)
Step 3. Choose required exit code 0, 3, 4 or 5
Step 4. Select any enhancements to customise and suit specific requirements
Handing and opening direction is required when ordering Stirling locks, please refer to the handing chart for the
correct two digit coding.
That’s it! The device is specified.

Four steps to Stirling


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4
Number of bolts Entry Exit  Enhancements
1 1-point securing 1 Key
 and handle 0 No exit provision Customise to suit
entry specific requirements
3
Turnknob release (eg. as example system
and handle exit
code shown below)
4 Panic exit N Electrical
 monitoring
5
Emergency exit of lock status
handle W Steel
 core fixing
6
Push pad

Example system code: ST 1 1 3 - 04 - N W


The above code ST113-04-NW specifies a Stirling device with external key entry, turnknob exit release with lever handle
both sides. The enhancement codes ‘N’ specifies electric monitoring of lock status and ‘W’ for steel core fixing.
Note: The code 04 specifies right hand outward opening.

Surelock McGill Stirling enhancements


The Stirling range is supported with a full range of enhancements enabling a device to be tailored meet the
most demanding requirements. Devices are supplied for surface mounting and automatic re-securing upon
door closure. Refer to the Stirling ‘Enhancement Guide’ for full information on available enhancements.
A selection of frame keeps is available to suit most applications, refer to ‘Stirling Keeps and Strikes’ for details.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Key Release 03.16 page 71

Popular Enhancements
The following is a summary of the more popular enhancements chosen for Stirling key release devices; refer to
the full enhancement chart for the wider choice and full details.

CODE DESCRIPTION

H3 Push pad; in place of inside handle; BSEN 179: 2008


K4 Internal turnknob release with break-dome protection
K13 External key/handle access (rim-latch style cylinder - Union as standard) and resistance to bolt end-thrust
attack (option Q4)

N Electric monitoring of lock status

O0 Customer supplied cylinder

O1 Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)

O2 Cylinder - Assa twin 5800


O5 Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock (registered, gold level)
P Cylinder guard (rim-latch style) for door thickness 44-60mm – tested to LPS 1175 rating 3 protection

W Steel core fixing with machine screws

W2 Surface fixing by coach screws

W3 Surface fixing by machine screws

A Surelock McGill ‘Key Release’ specific brochure is available upon request.

Quality statement
Our continued commitment to product excellence and accreditation to ISO 9001: 2008 throughout the group
ensures unequalled customer satisfaction and is our ‘Seal of Excellence’.

Intellectual Property Rights


All Surelock products are the subject of intellectual property rights. These rights include patent and design
rights, in particular UK patents 2289084, 2307270, 2321277, 2323272, 2330375, 2346927, 2351542, 2355282,
2359111, 2361959, 2364740, 2413822, 2423787, 2425325, 2462229 & 2462387, plus UK patent applications
2445948 & 2458893 together with overseas patents and applications.
In accordance with our policy of continual development and improvement we reserve the right to make changes
in design and specifications without notice.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Key Release 03.16 page 72

‘Stirling’ Key Release Deadlocks - Enhancements available

Entry/Exit Codes
CODE ST101 ST111 ST113 ST114 ST115 Description

H3 ✔ Push pad; in place of inside handle; BSEN 179: 2008


K 2 External
 key/handle access (protected profile style cylinder - Union
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ as standard) and resistance to bolt end-thrust attack (option Q4)
K4 ✔ Internal turnknob release with break-dome protection
K13 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ External key/handle access (rim-latch style cylinder - Union as
standard) and resistance to bolt end-thrust attack (option Q4)
M ✔ ✔ ✔ Electric monitoring of bolt status
M3 Request to exit (initiated by internal handle operation)
N ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Electric monitoring of lock status
O0 ✔ Cylinder - supplied free issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O1 ✔ Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O2 ✔ Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O3 ✔ Cylinder - Yale
O4 ✔ Cylinder - Bramah (registered)
O5 ✔ Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 ✔ Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O10 ✔ Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O22 ✔ Cylinder - Assa Ruko Flexcore (choice for registration)
O91 ✔ Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
 ylinder guard (rim-latch style) for door thickness 44-60mm –
C
P tested to LPS 1175 rating 3 protection
Cylinder guard (rim-latch style) for door thickness 44-60mm –
P5 tested to LPS 1175 rating 4 protection
P6  ylinder guard (rim-latch style) for door thickness 52-60mm –
C
tested to LPS 1175 rating 5 protection
Q4 std std std std std Anti-thrust resistance (seven times BS 3621)
W ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Steel core fixing with machine screws
W2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Surface fixing by coach screws
W3 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Surface fixing by machine screws
W5 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Surface fixing by security screws - timber doors & frames

✔ Available enhancements
Dependant on other enhancement(s)

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Electric Release 03.16 page 73

Stirling: Electric Release


High performance, access control entry devices

Stirling locking devices are:


• Strong
• Simple to specify
• Tested to over one million cycles
• Attractively finished

Stirling electric release deadlocks have:


• Automatic re-securing upon door closure
• Proven rack and pinion mechanism
• Hardened steel bolts
• Choice of exit methods
• Choice of cylinders from leading manufacturers
• Available in stainless steel 316 for hostile environments

* *

* Dependant of option code

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Electric Release 03.16 page 74

Modular system
The Stirling range has been designed with a common fixing footprint and key cylinder position, enabling
alternative modules to be retrofitted to meet changes of customer requirements.

External key override in case of power failure


An external key override can be provided to cover for the possibility of power failure, with cylinders from most
leading manufacturers, or customers own supply, enabling existing suiting requirements to be maintained.

Performance
Stirling provides the renowned Surelock McGill strength and stability required for high performance doors,
including:
Security Successfully tested on LPS 1175 Security Rating 2, 3 and 4 doorsets
Fire Successfully tested on BS 476 part 22:1987
Panic Exit Independently type tested to BS EN 1125: 2008, CE marked
Emergency Exit Independently type tested to BS EN 179: 2008, CE marked

Operation
Automatic re-securing upon door closure and complete with electric monitoring of
the lock status as standard, ensures maximum security at all times. There is a wide
choice of exit solutions including; access control, turnknob or key lock release,
panic or emergency exit.

Fitting
Supplied as standard for surface fitting, ensuring the fabric strength of the door
is maintained.

Stirling Features
Steel template guide
• 19mm square bolt with 25mm throw
• Positive latching engagement
• Lock status monitoring
• Easily adjusted
• Steel template provides accurate and
rapid installation
27
3mm Packing plate

Stirling Benefits
25 throw
19

• High performance
175

• Modular design
99

• Reliable, offering long trouble free life


63
42

• Choice of entry and exit methods


12
• Upgrade solution for existing doors 48
30.5
84
112

Stirling ‘ST122’ access control release centre module


dimensions (mm)

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Electric Release 03.16 page 75

Self-coding system
Stirling (ST) modular devices have a simple ordering code that covers the chosen methods of entry and exit,
followed by additional enhancements to further customise the device. Stirling devices are suitable for fitting to
almost any door.
The device is easy to specify:
Step 1. The number of bolts securing is predetermined for the Stirling range (1)
Step 2. Apply entry code 2 (electric release)
Step 3. Choose required exit code 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5
Step 4. Select any enhancements to customise to suit any specific requirements
Handing and opening direction is required when ordering Stirling locks, please refer to the Surelock McGill
handing chart for the correct two digit coding.
That’s it! The device is specified.

Four steps to Stirling


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4
Number of bolts Entry Exit Enhancements
1 1-point securing 2 Electric
 release 1  ey and handle
K Customise to suit
and handle entry exit specific requirements
(eg. as example system
2  lectric release
E
code shown below)
and handle exit
K10 External
 rim-latch
3 Turnknob
 release
key cylinder
and handle exit
P Cylinder
 guard
4 Panic exit
protection
5 Emergency exit W
Steel core fixing

Example system code: ST 1 2 2 - 04 - K10 P W

The above code ST122-04-K10PW specifies a Stirling single-point access control device with lever handle both
sides and lock status monitoring. The enhancement codes K10 specifies external rim-latch key cylinder in case
of power failure, ‘P’ cylinder guard protection and ‘W’ for steel core fixing.
Note: The code ‘04’ specifies right hand outward opening

Power consumption Voltage


(dc)
Power
consumption
Current
draw
Stirling standard solenoids are 12V energise to unlock (fail secure) with alternative V W A

24V and 50V, plus energise to lock (fail safe), all available. 12 7 0.58

24 7 0.29

Surelock McGill Stirling enhancements 50 7 0.14

The Stirling range is supported with a full range of enhancements enabling a device to be tailored meet the most
demanding requirements. Devices are supplied for surface mounting and automatic re-securing upon door
closure. Refer to the Stirling ‘Enhancement Guide’ for full information on available enhancements.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Electric Release 03.16 page 76

Popular Enhancements
The following is a summary of the more popular enhancements chosen for Stirling key release devices; refer to
the full enhancement chart for the wider choice and full details.

CODE DESCRIPTION

H3 Push pad; in place of inside handle; BS EN 179: 2008


K External key/handle access (protected profile style cylinder - Union as standard) and resistance to bolt end-
2

thrust attack (option Q4)


K13 External key/handle access (rim-latch style cylinder - Union as standard) and resistance to bolt end-thrust
attack (option Q4)

M3 Request to exit (initiated by external handle operation)

O0 Customer supplied cylinder

O1 Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)

O2 Cylinder - Assa twin 5800


O5 Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock (registered, gold level)
P Cylinder guard (rim-latch style) for door thickness 44-60mm – tested to LPS 1175 rating 3 protection

W Steel core fixing with machine screws

W2 Surface fixing by coach screws

W3 Surface fixing by machine screws

A Surelock McGill ‘Electric Release’ specific brochure is available upon request.

Quality statement
Our continued commitment to product excellence and accreditation to ISO 9001: 2008 throughout the group
ensures unequalled customer satisfaction and is our ‘Seal of Excellence’.

Intellectual Property Rights


All Surelock products are the subject of intellectual property rights. These rights include patent and design
rights, in particular UK patents 2289084, 2307270, 2321277, 2323272, 2330375, 2346927, 2351542, 2355282,
2359111, 2361959, 2364740, 2413822, 2423787, 2425325, 2462229 & 2462387, plus UK patent applications
2445948 & 2458893 together with overseas patents and applications.
In accordance with our policy of continual development and improvement we reserve the right to make changes
in design and specifications without notice.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Electric Release 03.16 page 77

‘Stirling’ Electric Release Deadlocks - Enhancements available

Entry/Exit Codes
CODE ST121 ST122 ST123 ST124 ST125 Description

H3 ✔ Push pad; in place of inside handle; BS EN 179: 2008


External
 key/handle access (protected profile style cylinder - Union
K2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ as standard) and resistance to bolt end-thrust attack (option Q4)
K 4
✔ Internal turnknob release with break-dome protection
K 13
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ External key/handle access (rim-latch style cylinder - Union as
standard) and resistance to bolt end-thrust attack (option Q4)
M ✔ ✔ ✔ Electric monitoring of bolt status
M3 Request to exit (initiated by internal handle operation)
N std std std std std Electric monitoring of lock status
O0 ✔ Cylinder - supplied free issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O1 ✔ Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O2 ✔ Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O3 ✔ Cylinder - Yale
O4 ✔ Cylinder - Bramah (registered)
O5 ✔ Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 ✔ Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O10 ✔ Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O22 ✔ Cylinder - Assa Ruko Flexcore (choice for registration)
O91 ✔ Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
 ylinder guard (rim-latch style) for door thickness 44-60mm –
C
P tested to LPS 1175 rating 3 protection
P5 C ylinder guard (rim-latch style) for door thickness 44-60mm –
tested to LPS 1175 rating 4 protection
Cylinder guard (rim-latch style) for door thickness 52-60mm –
P6 tested to LPS 1175 rating 5 protection
Q4 std std std std std Anti-thrust resistance (seven times BS 3621)
R1 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Access control (energise to unlock) 24V solenoid
R2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Access control (energise to lock) 12V solenoid
R3 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Access control (energise to lock) 24V solenoid
R4 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Access control (energise to unlock) 50V solenoid
W ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Steel core fixing with machine screws
W2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Surface fixing by coach screws
W3 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Surface fixing by machine screws
W5 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Surface fixing by security screws - timber doors & frames

✔ Available enhancements
Dependant on other enhancement(s)

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Enhancements 03.16 page 78

Stirling: Enhancements
Enhancements have been designed and tested to enable a basic Stirling device to be closely tailored to meet
customers individual requirements, to ensure the performance of a building and those who use the building.
Correct selection will ensure that a door will return to a specific status upon closure, and if required can be
linked to other doors to create an ‘Air-lock’ application.
Each type of enhancement has been allocated an alpha code with numeric variants for each as applicable.
The following section describes each in as much detail as possible and where necessary technical information
has been included to assist in making the correct choice.
A wall chart is available listing all enhancements available for each device.

CODE DESCRIPTION PAGE

H Handle variants 79

K Operational variants 80

M Electric monitoring of bolt status 81

N Electric monitoring of lock status 81

O Key Cylinder variants from most leading manufacturers, including customer’s own supply 82-83

P Cylinder protection, various levels of testing included 84

Q Anti-trust resistance (seven times BS 3621) 85

R Solenoid voltage and power to lock/unlock (fail safe/secure status) 85

S Stainless steel 316 - finish polished 85

W Various fixing screw packs to suit door construction 86

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Enhancements 03.16 page 79

Option H(n) Handle Varients


 Various handle combinations can be selected from those normally supplied for each device.

Option H External lever handle


 Stainless steel external handle added to ‘Exit’ only devices. This provides free access where
security is not an issue (i.e. a fire wall partition door).
Option H3 Push pad in place of inside handle
Alternative exit operator retains the BS EN 179: 2008 accreditation and CE marking.

137
191

2.5 19
60 119

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Enhancements 03.16 page 80

Option K(n) Operational varients


 Various locking combinations can be selected from those normally supplied for each device.

Option K2 External key release in case of power failure


Provides a key entry facility for electric release devices in the event of power failure.

Option K4 Break-dome over turnknob


 Provides a manual lock release facility with visual awareness of an event, ie. for use on
controlled exits, or in the case of power failure for electric release devices.

Break-dome over
turnknob - Option K4

Option K10 Single key entry; no handle required


 Single key entry provision with no external
handle required, uses a rim latch style cylinder -
(Union supplied as standard).

Option K13 Rim latch cylinder and handle entry


 Alternative cylinder type, ie. unprotected rim-latch cylinder in place of protected Euro-profile.
Providing a cost saving if cylinder protection is not required, also providing the choice to add
cylinder protection to LPS 1175 Security Rating 3, 4 or 5 (refer to enhancement ‘P(n)’.

Rim latch cylinder - Option K13

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Enhancements 03.16 page 81

Option M Electric Monitoring of the Bolt Status


A double pole microswitch providing a signal in the event of bolt withdrawal.

'M'wiring
Option M wiringdiagram
diagram

N/C BLUE
1

Option
N/O'M' wiring
GREEN diagram
2

C N/C REDBLUE
3 1

N/O GREEN
Option M Request to exit
3 Option 'M3' wiring diagram 2

 A double pole microswitch providing a signal from the initial movement of the internal
emergency exit handle, for alarm deactivation.
N/C
C RED
BLUE 3
1

Option
OptionM wiring diagram
3'M3' wiring
N/O GREEN diagram 2

C N/C REDBLUE
3 1

Option 'M' wiring diagram


Option 'N' N/O
wiringGREEN
diagram 2

N/C BLUE
N/C BLUE 1
C RED 1
3

N/O GREEN
Option
N/O 'N' wiring
GREEN diagram 2
2
Option N Electric Monitoring of the Lock Status
 A double pole microswitch providing
C
a signal
RED
in the event of lock release.
C N/C REDBLUE 3
3 1

Option N wiring
Option'M3' wiringdiagram
N/O GREEN
diagram 2

N/C C BLUERED
1 3

N/O GREEN
2

C RED
3

Option 'N' wiring diagram

N/C BLUE
1
Note: Cable core colours may change, dependant on a combination of electrical enhancements.

N/O GREEN
2

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977
C 1913RED Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
3
Stirling Enhancements 03.16 page 82

Option O(n) Cylinder Variants


 The Stirling range of devices have been designed to complement almost all makes of cylinders
to suit customers individual choice of make and to complement any suiting requirements,
including registered cylinders to provide the highest level of key control, with Union (5 pin)
cylinder being fitted as standard unless otherwise advised.
The following cylinder variants indicate the manufacturer, model, registering information and
security level of cylinder to the European BS EN 1303 and UL standards.

Option O0 Customers own supply


 Where a customer chooses to issue cylinders to Surelock McGill on a free-issue basis,
this must be supported with a key for quality control inspection before despatch.
The make of cylinder must be advised when ordering to ensure correct component parts are
matched. For example, in the case of a cylinder guard being required, i.e. option code O0O5
indicates the free issue of a Medeco m3-ARX cylinder.

Option O1
Kaba 20 Registered BS EN 1303 UL

yes 6-2

Option O2
Assa Twin-Combi Registered BS EN 1303 UL

yes 6-2 437

Option O3
Yale (5 pin) Registered BS EN 1303 UL

no

Option O4
Bramah Registered BS EN 1303 UL

yes

Option O5
Medeco m3-ARX Registered BS EN 1303 UL

yes 6-2 437

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Enhancements 03.16 page 83

Option O6
Ingersoll Registered BS EN 1303 UL

yes

Option O9
Abloy Disklock Pro Registered BS EN 1303 UL

yes 6-2

Option O10
Kaba quattro S Registered BS EN 1303 UL

yes 6-2

Option O22
Assa Ruko Flexcore Registered BS EN 1303 UL

yes 3-0

Option O91
Abloy Protech Registered BS EN 1303 UL

yes 6-2

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Enhancements 03.16 page 84

Option P(n) Cylinder Guards


 A range of cylinder guards are available if selecting the rim-latch style cylinder (option K13),
to suit various makes. Cylinder guards have been tested to meet the demanding security
requirements of LPS 1175 Security Ratings 2, 3, 4 & 5.


Ø56

Option P Rim cylinder guard LPS 1175

SR 3
Stainless steel cylinder guard for conventional shape
rim latch style cylinders, complete with manganese 9

5
anti-drill protection, for door thickness 44-60mm.

58

38
48
30
72


Ø56
Option P 5
Rim cylinder guard LPS 1175

SR 4
Manganese steel cylinder guard for conventional
shape rim latch style cylinders, complete with 9

5
manganese anti-drill protection, for door thickness 58

38
44-60mm.

48
30
72



Option P 6
Rim cylinder guard LPS 1175

SR 5
Manganese steel cylinder guard for conventional
shape rim latch style cylinders, complete with cobalt
5 9

anti-drill protection, for door thickness 52-60mm.


Ø56

38

58
48
42

30
Ø12

36.5 72

Cylinder guards - Cylinder guard -


Option P Option P6

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Enhancements 03.16 page 85

Option Q(4) Anti-thrust Resistance Q4


 A deadlocking feature which provides an extremely high resistance to crowbar attack, tested to
over seven times BS 3621.

Option R(n) Solenoid Variants


 A selection of continuous rated d.c. solenoids with various voltages and operational features,
the default standard being 12V, energise to lock (fail secure in the case of power failure) with
7W power consumption and 0.58A current draw.

 Voltage Energise to: Power Current draw



consumption
Option R1 24V Unlock - fail secure 7W 0.29A

Option R2 12V Lock - fail safe 7W 0.58A

Option R3 24V Lock - fail safe 7W 0.29A

Option R4 50V Unlock - fail secure 7W 0.14A

Option R7 50V Lock - fail safe 7W 0.14A

Option S Stainless Steel


 Corrosion resistant stainless steel 316 with a polished finish. Ideal for offshore, saline and other
hostile situations as well as medical clean rooms.

Example of stainless steel, option S

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Enhancements 03.16 page 86

Option W(n) Fixing Packs


 A selection of fixing packs is available to suit surface fitting to both timber and steel doors.

Option W 
Steel core - surface fixing to timber doors

 he most secure way of fixing a surface fitted device
T
to a timber door. Steel dowels with threaded nuts
inserted into the core of the door, machine screws
pass through the device securing into the threaded
nuts, ensuring a perfect partnership between the
lock and door.

Option W2 Coach screw - surface fixing to timber doors



 fast and simple way of fixing a surface fitted device
A
to a timber door.

Option W3 Machine screw - surface fixing to steel doors



 fast and simple way of fixing a surface fitted device
A
to a steel door.

Option W5 
Security screw - mortice fixing to timber doors

Pin-Torx screws supplied to provide a tamper resistant
method of fixing a mortice fitted device to a timber door.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Frame Keeps 03.16 page 87

Stirling: Frame keeps for


surface-mounted systems
A wide selection of keeps and strike plates are available to suit almost
every application. These need to be ordered separately.

Available in heavy-section steel with a grey-white RAL 9002 leatherette powder coating finish, or from polished
stainless steel (add suffix ‘-S’ to your ordering code).

On timber frames the keeps can be recessed flush with the frame. On metal frames they can be fixed to
reinforce a thin section prior to frame installation.

SA800 Frame keep

Designed for an inward-opening single


leaf door hung in a steel frame.
30.5 36

S3SA.800
METAL FRAME, INWARD OPENING

106
M5 SCREWS

SA1-800 Frame keep

Dual purpose keep, illustrated on an


outward opening double door.

S3SA1.800
DOUBLE DOORS, REBATED OR PLAIN
MEETING STYLES, OUTWARD OPENING

19.5 30.5 56

No 10
106

SCREWS

SA1-800 Frame keep

Dual purpose keep, illustrated on an


inward-opening double door.

S3SA1.800
DOUBLE DOORS, REBATED OR PLAIN
MEETING STYLES, INWARD OPENING

19.5 30.5 56

No 10
106

SCREWS

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Frame Keeps 03.16 page 88

Frame keeps for surface-mounted systems

Available in heavy-section steel with a grey-white RAL 9002 leatherette powder coating finish, or from polished
stainless steel (add suffix ‘-S’ to your ordering code).

On timber frames the keeps can be recessed flush with the frame. On metal frames they can be fixed to
reinforce a thin section prior to frame installation.

SB800 Frame keep


3 50

Designed for an outward-opening single


leaf door hung in a steel frame.
S3SB.800
METAL FRAME, OUTWARD OPENING

150
No 10
SCREWS

SC800 Frame keep

25
Designed for an outward-opening single 25 50

leaf door hung in a timber frame.


S3SC.800
TIMBER FRAME, OUTWARD OPENING

150
No 10
SCREWS

SD800 Frame keep

Designed for an inward-opening single


leaf door hung in a timber frame. 30.5 56

S3SD.800
TIMBER FRAME, INWARD OPENING

No 10
106

SCREWS

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Popular Enhancements 03.16 page 89

Stirling self creating coding system: Popular Enhancement Chart


Four steps to Stirling
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Example system code: ST 1 1 3 - 04 - N W

Number of bolts Entry Exit Enhancements The above code ST113-04-NW specifies a Stirling single-point device, with
external key entry, turnknob exit release. The enhancement codes specify
1 1-point securing 0
No entry provision 0 No exit provision Customise to suit electric monitoring of lock status (N), and steel core fixing (W).
On double doors 1 Key and handle entry 1 Key and handle exit specific requirements.
specify each leaf Codes A to Z. Note: The handing code “04” specifies right hand outward opening (refer to the handing
2 Electric
 release and 2 Electric release and handle exit chart below for the various differs).
separately.
handle entry 3 Turnknob
 release and handle exit
4 Panic exit
5 Emergency
 exit handle
6
Push pad POPULAR ENHANCEMENTS - FIXINGS
if required (for detailed information see descriptions below)
DEVICE CODINGS

ENTRY ENTRY DESCRIPTION


H H3 K2 K4 K10 K13 M M3 N O0 O1 O2 O5 O9 P Q4 W W2 W3
BOLTING

0 4 Bolting - Panic Exit; BS EN 1125: 2008; panic bar ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔


0 5 Bolting - Emergency Exit; BS EN 179: 2008; internal lever handle ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
0 6 Bolting - Emergency Exit; BS EN 179: 2008; internal push pad ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

0 1 Deadlocking; internal key and handle release ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ❊ ✔ ✔ ✔


1 0 Deadlocking; external cylinder; stainless steel lever handle outside only; no exit facilities ❊ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ❊ ✔ ✔ ✔
1 1 Deadlocking; external cylinder; internal cylinder keyed-alike; stainless steel lever handle both sides ❊ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ❊ ✔ ✔ ✔
1 3 Deadlocking; external cylinder; internal turnknob release; stainless steel lever handle both sides ❊ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ❊ ✔ ✔ ✔
1 4 Deadlocking; external cylinder; internal panic bar exit (option ‘X’ facility built-in); BS EN 1125: 2008 ❊ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ❊ ✔ ✔ ✔
DEADLOCKING

Deadlocking; external cylinder; external stainless steel lever handle/internal lever handle; emergency exit (option ‘X’ facility built-in);
1 5 BS EN 179: 2008 ✔ ❊ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ❊ ✔ ✔ ✔
Deadlocking; external cylinder; external stainless steel lever handle/internal push pad; emergency exit (option ‘X’ facility built-in);
1 6 BS EN 179: 2008 ✔ ❊ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ❊ ✔ ✔ ✔
Deadlocking; electric lock; 12V solenoid - energise to unlock (fail secure); internal cylinder; electric monitoring of the locked status;
2 1 stainless steel lever handles both sides ✔ ✔ ✔ ❊ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ❊ ✔ ✔ ✔
Deadlocking; electric lock; 12V solenoid - energise to unlock (fail secure); electric monitoring of the locked status; stainless steel lever
2 2 handles both sides ✔ ✔ ✔ ❊ ❊ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Popular enhancements
Deadlocking; electric lock; 12V solenoid - energise to unlock (fail secure); internal turnknob release; electric monitoring of the locked status;
2 3 stainless steel lever handles both sides ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ❊ ❊ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Available enhancements
Deadlocking; electric lock; 12V solenoid - energise to unlock (fail secure); electric monitoring of the locked status; external stainless steel lever Dependant on other enhancement(s)
2 4 handle; internal panic bar exit (option ‘X’ facility built-in); BS EN 1125: 2008 ✔ ✔ ✔ ❊ ❊ ✔ ✔ ✔ - refer to Slimline catalogue
Deadlocking; electric lock; 12V solenoid - energise to unlock (fail secure); electric monitoring of the locked status; external stainless steel lever
2 5 handle/internal lever handle; emergency exit (option ‘X’ facility built-in); BS EN 179: 2008 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ❊ ❊ ✔ ✔ ✔ Other dependant enhancements
Deadlocking; electric lock; 12V solenoid - energise to unlock (fail secure); electric monitoring of the locked status; external stainless steel lever
2 6 handle/internal push pad; emergency exit (option ‘X’ facility built-in); BS EN 179: 2008 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ❊ ❊ ✔ ✔ ✔ ❊ Included by default

Enhancement code descriptions: K13 External key access (rim-latch style cylinder - O9 Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder
H External lever handle addition Union as standard) and resistance to bolt (registered)
end-thrust attack (option Q4) P Cylinder guard (rim latch style) for
H3 Push pad; in lieu of inside handle;
BS EN 179: 2008 M Electronic monitoring of bolt status door thickness 44-60mm - tested to
M3 Request to exit (initiated by internal hand LPS 1175 rating 3 protection
K2 External key/handle access (protected
profile style cylinder - Union as standard) operation) Q4 Resistance to bolt end-trust attack
and resistance to bolt end-thrust attack N Electronic monitoring of lock status (seven times BS 3621)
(option Q4) W Steelcore fixing with machine screws Note: Union 5-pin (non-registered) cylinders are supplied as
O0 Customers own cylinder supply (free issue) standard where appropriate, keeps need to be ordered
K Internal turnknob release with break-dome
4
O1 Kaba-20 cylinder (registered) W2 Surface fixing by coach screws
separately (refer to Stirling Enhancements and Keeps for
protection W3 Surface fixing by machine screws
O2 Assa Twin Combi 5800 cylinder (registered) further information).
K10 External key access; no handle required;
rim-latch style cylinder - (Union as standard) O5 Medeco m3-ARX (registered)

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Stirling Full List - Enhancements 03.16 page 90

‘Stirling’ Full List - Enhancements Available


Entry/Exit Entry/Exit Codes Entry/Exit Codes
Device Codes
Code ST104 ST105 ST106 ST101 ST111 ST113 ST114 ST115 ST116 ST121 ST122 ST123 ST124 ST125 ST126 Description

H ✔ ✔ ✔ External lever 4 4 handle addition

H 3
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Push pad; in place of inside handle; BS EN 179: 2008

External key/handle access (protected profile style cylinder - Union as standard) and resistance to
K2 std std std std std std ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ bolt end-thrust attack (option Q4)

K4 ✔ ✔ Internal turnknob release with break-dome protection

K10 ✔ ✔ ✔ External Key access; no handle required; rim latch style cylinder - (Union as standard)

External key/handle access (rim-latch style cylinder - Union as standard) and resistance to bolt end-
K13 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ thrust attack (option Q4)

M ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Electric monitoring of bolt status

M3 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Request to exit (initiated by internal handle operation)

N ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ std std std std std std Electric monitoring of lock status

O 0
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Cylinder - supplied free issue (approved types and factory fitted only)

O1 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)

O2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)

O 3
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Cylinder - Yale

O 5
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)

O9 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)

O10 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Cylinder - Kaba Quattro pluS (registered)

O22
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Cylinder - Assa Ruko Flexcore (choice for registration)

O91 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)

P Cylinder guard (rim-latch style) for door thickness 44-60mm – tested to LPS 1175 rating 3 protection

P5 Cylinder guard (rim-latch style) for door thickness 44-60mm – tested to LPS 1175 rating 4 protection

P 6 Cylinder guard (rim-latch style) for door thickness 52-60mm – tested to LPS 1175 rating 5 protection

Q4 ✔ ✔ ✔ std std std std std std std std std std std std Anti-thrust resistance (seven times BS 3621)

R1 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Access control (energise to unlock) 24V solenoid

R2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Access control (energise to lock) 12V solenoid

R 3
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Access control (energise to lock) 24V solenoid

R4 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Access control (energise to unlock) 50V solenoid

W ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Steel core fixing with machine screws

W2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Surface fixing by coach screws

W 3
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Surface fixing by machine screws

W5 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Surface fixing by security screws - timber doors & frames

Dependant on other enhancement(s)


std Included as standard
- refer to Slimline catalogue
✔ Popular enhancements Other dependant enhancements

✔ Available enhancements

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Standard Packages 03.16 page 91

Stirling Standard Packages


Fast track delivery, ready to fit

Stirling single-point Standard Packages are delivered ready to install. The packages are
commonly selected configurations from the Stirling range. Fixings and keeps are included
for an outward opening steel or timber core door, hung in a steel or timber frame.

Note: Separate keeps are available for inward opening doors (see ‘Additional Items’).

Stirling Standard Packages include for

Stirling Standard
• Safe exits

Packages
• Key release entry
• Electric release entry

Stirling Standard Packages are


• Easy to order
• Suitable for steel and timber doorsets

High Performance
• Robust, offering long trouble free life
• Independently tested to 200,000 cycles
• In-house testing to over one million cycles
• 240hrs of salt spray testing
• Stirling devices have been successfully tested on LPS 1175 security doorsets
• Successfully blast tested on doors in accordance with the methodology set out within
ISO 16933 EXV25, utilising the hazard rating as defined for Walls and Doors
• Simply a ‘Lock-in-a-box’, the complete package

Safe exits conforming to the 2008 revision of European standards BS EN 1125: 2008 and
BS EN 179: 2008, CE marked.

A Lock-in-a-box
Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Standard Packages 03.16 page 92

Stirling Standard Packages


The security of buildings and assets, combined with the safety of people at work, is a necessity in todays world
of crime and terrorism. Standards have been developed to measure the ability of doors and devices to meet
many of the perceived threats.
Surelock products have been successfully tested against the extremes of physical attack, providing the strength
and resilience needed for high performance fire, blast and ballistic protection doors, combining performance
with the choice of operational functionality to suit most applications.
The modular design of Stirling provides a common fixing footprint and key cylinder position, enabling alternative
modules to be retrofitted to meet changes of a customer’s operational requirement.

Stirling Features
• 19mm square steel bolt with 25mm throw
• Positive engagement
• Steel drilling template provides for accurate installation

Meeting Your Duty of Care with Confidence


The safety of people within a building is paramount today - safety requirements have to be met in public
buildings, places of work, secure institutions etc. Standards have evolved to measure the ability of doors and
devices to meet safety requirements.
Stirling standard packages ensure that emergency and panic exits can also meet your security requirements.
These offer wide ranging high security certification including conformance to blast, ballistics and other
hostility standards.
The latest European standards for panic and emergency exits have been updated to the ‘2008’ revision, to
ensure maximum safety.
Stirling products provide you with the best products, together with full certification and CE marking to
BS EN 1125: 2008 for panic exits and BS EN 179: 2008 for emergency exits.
Total confidence and conformance to the latest safety requirements is assured.

A 'Lock - in a Box'

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Standard Packages 03.16 page 93

Safe Exits
The choice of Stirling safe exit devices for single leaf doors. The choice of exit operation includes panic bar,
lever handle or push pad, all independently type tested to the latest European certification and CE marked.

STP104

STP105

STP105-H3

Extracts from the standards:

BS EN 1125: 2008 (panic exit) Indicates handing item, refer to handing chart below
BS EN 179: 2008 (emergency exit)
‘for use on escape routes in public
‘For use on escape routes where people
areas, public buildings, places of
are familiar with the exit and its hardware
public entertainment, shops etc., or
and therefore a panic situation is most
those that have to be operated in a
unlikely to develop.’
panic situation.’

Package code Door leaves Bolts securing Exit operator Exit certification CE marked
STP104 Single 1 Panic bar BS EN 1125: 2008 ✔
STP105 Single 1 Lever handle BS EN 179: 2008 ✔
STP105-H 3
Single 1 Push pad BS EN 179: 2008 ✔

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Standard Packages 03.16 page 94

Key Release
Stirling key release packages provide external key entry, with a lever handle to retract the bolt, permitting
the door to be opened. Automatic re-securing upon door closure ensures maximum security at all times.
Key release packages include a Union 5 pin rim cylinder complete with two keys.
The choice of exit operation includes turnknob and lever handle, panic bar, or push pad. Panic and emergency
exit devices are each independently type tested to the latest European certification and CE marked.

STP114

STP113 STP115-H3

Indicates handing item, refer to handing chart below

* *

* Dependant of option code

Product Codes:

Package Bolts CE
Door leaves Entry operator Exit operator Exit certification
code securing marked
Key and lever Turnknob and
STP113 Single 1
handle lever handle
Key and lever
STP114 Single 1 Panic bar BS EN 1125: 2008 ✔
handle
Key and lever
STP115-H3 Single 1 Push pad BS EN 179: 2008 ✔
handle

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Standard Packages 03.16 page 95

Electric Release
Stirling electric release packages provide for external access control entry, with a lever handle to retract the
bolt. permitting the door to be opened. Automatic re-securing upon door closure and complete with lock status
monitoring, ensures maximum security at all times.

Electric release packages include a solenoid, energised to unlock (fail secure), rated at 12 V, 6.3 W (0.53 A).

The choice of exit operation includes access control and lever handle, panic bar, or push pad. Panic and
emergency exit devices are each independently type tested to the latest European certification and CE marked.

STP124

STP122 STP126

Indicates handing item, refer to handing chart below

* *

* Dependant of option code

Product Codes:

Package Bolts CE
Door leaves Entry operator Exit operator Exit certification
code securing marked
Access control Access control
STP122 Single 1
and lever handle and lever handle
Access control
STP124 Single 1 Panic bar BS EN 1125: 2008 ✔
and lever handle
Access control
STP126 Single 1 Push pad BS EN 179: 2008 ✔
and lever handle

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Standard Packages 03.16 page 96

Stirling Standard Packages


Keeps and Fixings - Stirling standard packages are supplied with fixings and keeps suited for an outward
opening steel or timber core door, hung in a steel or timber frame.

SB800 Outward opening SC800 Outward opening


steel frame keep timber frame keep

Steel core fixing for timber doors include


machine screws for steel doors

Additional Items (to be ordered separately, if required)


Inward opening keeps - alternative keeps are available within the Stirling range to suit inward opening doors,
these need to be selected to suit the frame detail and ordered separately.

SA800 Inward opening SD800 Inward opening


steel frame keep timber frame keep

Rim cylinder - Union 5 pin rim cylinder to provide key entry in


case of power failure on electric release devices, complete with
two keys.

Ordering code: S-11303


S-11303 Rim cylinder,
complete with two keys

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Slimline Standard Packages 03.16 page 97

Stirling Standard Packages


Ordering codes explained
Stirling ‘Standard Packages’ following the Surelock simple self-coding system of selecting the number of securing
bolts, plus the chosen methods of entry and exit. The standard packages come complete with fixings and keeps for
an outward opening steel or timber door with a concrete floor.

STP Slimline Package


Step 1 Choose the number of bolts securing (‘1’ in the case of the Stirling range)
Step 2 Choose how you wish to enter
Step 3 Choose how you wish to exit

Note: Panic and emergency exit deadlocking devices are handed, refer to the handing chart and ordering example
below for ordering clarification.

Entry Exit

No entry Key driven Electric Combination No exit Key driven Electric Turnknob Emergency
release lock release release exit
Code 0 1 2 3 Code 0 1 2 3 5

Example system code: STP 1 2 4 - 04

The above code ‘STP124-04’ refers to a Stirling


single-point securing electric release entry device,
with lock status monitoring and panic bar exit facility,
conforming to BS EN 1125: 2008, CE marked.
‘04’ refers to a right hand device.

Surelock’s aspirations to provide customers with the correct solution to meet an ever expanding complexity of
operational requirements have once again proven to be successful. If you have a specific operational requirement,
no matter how complex, we are pleased to provide a solution.

Intellectual Property Rights


All Surelock products are the subject of intellectual property rights. These rights include patent and design rights,
in particular UK patents 2289084, 2307270, 2321277, 2323272, 2330375, 2346927, 2351542, 2355282, 2359111,
2361959, 2364740, 2413822, 2423787, 2425325, 2462229 & 2462387, plus UK patent applications 2445948 &
2458893 together with overseas patents and applications.
In accordance with our policy of continual development and improvement we reserve the right to make changes in
design and specifications without notice.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelock.co.uk
www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks 03.16 page 98

Custom Locks
Surelock McGill design locks to meet specific situations and environments. This section
contains a selection of these locks that have found a wider market and may well provide a
solution to a problem that you need to overcome. For example:
Run-out protection Designed primarily for the retail trade, this places a delay on the operation
of a panic exit. It will hinder break out from an emergency exit long enough for a thief to be
apprehended by staff. The device is linked to the fire alarm system to override the delay in the
case of fire and is endorsed by many UK fire authorities.
Shared access Legislation requires that authorised service providers have access to certain
telecom exchange equipment. The lock enables an exchange owner to provide equipment
room access to authorised keyholders (using their chosen key manufacturer and suiting
arrangement) while maintaining normal security levels through the exchange building.
Twin-locking This lock incorporates two independently operated deadlocks enabling, for example:
• Lock down for the prevention of access by normally authorised personnel.
• Dual attendance, for access to armouries or hazardous materials.

Custom
Locks
Cashiers office This enables a cashier carrying goods that they do not want to release
to unlock and open the door with one hand. The system automatically resecures on door
closure. It provides an emergency exit from the inside at all times.

Custom Locks comprise


• Multipoint devices: Slimline products, espagnolette mullions, hook locks and devices
for special blast applications.
• Single-point devices with key, solenoid or remote release; panic and emergency exit.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
In accordance with our policy of continued development and improvement we reserve the right to make changes in design and specifications without notice.
Custom Locks 03.16 page 99

Custom Locks
1. Multi-point locks
Access Controlled Entry and Exit - Safe and Secure 100
Twin Locking - Enforced Two-Person Attendance 102
Twin Locking - Out of Hours Lockdown 104
S-11705 Slimline triple-deadlocking, dual-function locks 106
Tandem Locking - Shared Services 108
Emergency Exit with Automatic Lock Back 110
Emergency Exit with Visual Breach Indication 112
Delayed Panic Exit 114
Access Control with Siege Protection & Emergency Exit 116
Motorised Panic Exit - Bolting 118
Motorised Panic Exit - Deadlocking 120
Motorised Emergency Exit - Deadlocking 122
Cashiers Office Lock - Safe Exit 124
Solent Lock 126
Fleet Lock 130
SR (Series 25) Heavy-duty Multi-point Locks 131
Espagnolette Mullions 133
Blast Protection Mullions 137
Bespoke Blast Protection Products 138
Barrier Bolt 139
Moorgate Lock 141

2. Single-point locks
Loddon Lock 143
Ribble Cabinet Lock 146
Tamar Door Lock 148
Fraser Bar 149
Medina 150
AC850 Motorised Lock 152
AC900 Motorised Lock 154
PURBROOK 40mm throw Deadlock 156
EX700 Latch 158
Chubb 3R35 with Euro-profile cylinder facility 160

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 100

Access Controlled Entry and Exit - Safe and Secure

Dual Mode Security


Primary mode: Access control entry and exit
Power fail mode: Key entry and emergency exit
The lock provides controlled entry and exit. This ensures control of people passing both in and out of a building, or a
specific area. In the event of power failure, the lock will automatically revert to the power fail mode, enabling key entry
and an emergency exit. In both modes the multi-point deadlocking device secures automatically upon door closure.
• Access controlled entry and exit in the primary mode
• Key entry and emergency exit in the event of power failure
• Three 15mm hardened steel bolts each with a throw of 25mm
• Automatic re-securement upon door closure
• Electric monitoring of each lock status
Slimline devices are successfully tested to high levels of Security, Fire, Blast and
Ballistic protection and tested to over a million cycles.
Suitable for doors up to 2,200mm tall, over height extensions are available for
taller doors. The supplied steel core fixings and bolt keeps are suitable for an
outward opening door hung in a timber frame and a concrete floor. 1 2 3 1 2 3
4 5 6 4 5 6

Enhancements available include additional horizontal bolts if further attack 7 8 9 7 8 9

resistance is required, plus a choice of registered cylinders and cylinder guards


(see Additional Features).

Specification: S-11250 access


control entry/exit, safe
Upper lock - 12V D.C. solenoid, energise to unlock (fail secure),
and secure in the event
with anti-tamper circuitry. of power failure, left
hand shown
Lower lock - 12V D.C. solenoid, energise to lock (fail safe),
with anti-tamper circuitry.
Entry in case of power failure - external key override (Union as standard),with
alternative makes of cylinders available. Cylinder protection to LPS 1175 security
rating 3, 4 or 5 is also available (see Additional Features).
Exit in case of power failure - an ergonomically designed lever handle provides
a one-handed emergency exit.
Finish - grey-white RAL 9002 leatherette powder coating co-ordinated with bright
zinc plate.
Ordering code S-11250

Important advisory Notice:  Provide a local emergency method, such as a break glass switch to interrupt power to
cover for the possibility of any access control system failure, in accordance with local fire regulations.

key entry Power failure mode emergency exit

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 101

Dual Mode Security

Additional Features (optional):


The following options are available for this package and are specified by appending the option code/s to the
package code.

Code Description
O 0
Cylinder - supplied by customer, free-issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O 1
Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O2 Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O5 Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O 10
Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O91 Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
P Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 3 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
P 5
Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 4 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
P 6
Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 5 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
U Slave unit, 90 degree and continue - additional bolt above handle
U1 Slave unit, 90 degree and continue - additional bolt below handle

Keeps included in this package:

Code Description
SC Outward-opening timber frame keep
SC1 Outward-opening timber frame keep and strike
SF Dust excluding floor socket

Ordering Example:

S-11250-04-O5P5 Multi-point access control entry and exit device, safe and secure in the event of power
failure. An Medeco m3-ARX registered cylinder (option O5) with cylinder protection to
LPS 1175 security rating 4 (option P5).

Handing chart
Note: The handing and orientation code ‘04’ refers to a ‘right hand’,
outward opening door.

Surelock’s aspirations to provide customers with the correct solution to meet an ever expanding complexity of
operational requirements have once again proven to be successful. If you have a specific operational requirement,
no matter how complex, we are pleased to provide a solution.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 102

Twin Locking - Enforced Two-Person Attendance

Dual Discipline Entry


This Slimline system requires the use of two keys to open the door. It is typically used where the requirement
for two personnel to unlock a door is part of the security or health and safety procedure. Union cylinders are
supplied as standard but other makes of cylinder may be fitted. Cylinder guards are available.

An internal lever handle provides for an emergency exit.

• Controlled entry, whereby two persons need to be present

• Three 15mm hardened steel bolts each with a throw of 25mm

• Automatic re-securement upon door closure

• Emergency exit to BS EN 179: 2008, CE marked

Slimline devices are successfully tested to high levels of Security, Fire,


Blast and Ballistic protection and tested to over a million cycles.

Suitable for doors up to 2,200mm tall, over height extensions are available
for taller doors. The supplied steel core fixings and bolt keeps are suitable
for an outward opening door hung in a timber frame and a concrete floor.

Enhancements available include electric monitoring of the lock status,


a choice of registered cylinders and cylinder guards, plus additional
horizontal bolts if further attack resistance is required, (see Additional
Features).

Finish - grey-white RAL 9002 leatherette powder coating coordinated with


bright zinc plate.

Ordering code S-11255

S-11255 enforced 2-person


attendance device,
left hand shown

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 103

Dual Discipline Entry

Additional Features (optional):


The following options are available for this package and are specified by appending the option code/s to the
package code.

Code Description
M Electric monitoring of the bolt status
N Electric monitoring of both lock status
O0 Cylinder - supplied by customer, free-issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O1 Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O 2
Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O 5
Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O10 Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O 91
Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
P Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 3 protection for door thickness 42 -60mm
P5 Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 4 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
P6 Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 5 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
U Slave unit, 90 degree and continue - additional bolt above handle
U 1
Slave unit, 90 degree and continue - additional bolt below handle

Keeps included in this package:

Code Description
SC Outward-opening timber frame keep
SC1 Outward-opening timber frame keep and strike
SF Dust excluding floor socket

Ordering Example:

S-11255-04-NO5P5 Multi-point twin-locking device, electric monitoring of both lock status (option N),
Medeco m3-ARX registered cylinders (option O5), each protected by a cylinder guard to
LPS 1175 security rating 4 (option P5) and a single handed means of emergency exit.

Handing chart
Note: The handing and orientation code ‘04’ refers to a ‘right hand’,
outward opening door.

Surelock’s aspirations to provide customers with the correct solution to meet an ever expanding complexity of
operational requirements have once again proven to be successful. If you have a specific operational requirement,
no matter how complex, we are pleased to provide a solution.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 104

Twin Locking - Out of Hours Lockdown

Restricting out-of-hours Access


In this configuration, the Slimline system has a solenoid operated deadlock that provides access control entry.
The door automatically re-secures upon door closure. A key operated deadlock is incorporated to provide out
of hours lockdown by inhibiting the access control.

An internal lever handle provides for an emergency exit.

• 12V D.C. solenoid lock release for access

• Key operated deadlock for out of hours lockdown

• Three 15mm hardened steel bolts each with a throw of 25mm

• Automatic re-securement upon door closure

• Emergency exit to BS EN 179: 2008, CE marked

Slimline devices are successfully tested to high levels of Security, Fire,


Blast and Ballistic protection and tested to over a million cycles.

Suitable for doors up to 2,200mm tall, over height extensions are


available for taller doors. The supplied steel core fixings and bolt
keeps are suitable for an outward opening door hung in a timber frame
1 2 3
and a concrete floor. 4 5 6
7 8 9
Enhancements available include additional horizontal bolts if further
attack resistance is required, electric monitoring of the bolt and lock
status, external key override in case of power failure, a choice of
registered cylinders and cylinder guards to suit individual requirements
(see Additional Features)

Finish - grey-white RAL 9002 leatherette powder coating co-ordinated


with bright zinc plate.

Ordering code S-11260

S-11260 out of hours


lockdown device, left
hand shown

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 105

Restricting out-of-hours Access

Additional Features (optional):


The following options are available for this package and are specified by appending the option code/s to the
package code.

Code Description
K2 External key release in case of power failure
M Electric monitoring of the bolt status
N Electric monitoring of both lock status
O0 Cylinder - supplied by customer, free-issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O1 Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O 2
Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O 5
Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O10 Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O 91
Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
P Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 3 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
P5 Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 4 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
P6 Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 5 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
U Slave unit, 90 degree and continue - additional bolt above handle
U 1
Slave unit, 90 degree and continue - additional bolt below handle

Keeps included in this package:

Code Description
SC Outward-opening timber frame keep
SC1 Outward-opening timber frame keep and strike
SF Dust excluding floor socket

Ordering Example:

S-11260-04-K2NO5P Multi-point access control deadlocking device with out of hours lockdown facility,
electric monitoring of lock status (option N), external key cylinder in case of power
failure (option K2), Medeco m3-ARX registered cylinders (option O5) protected by a
cylinder guard to LPS 1175 security rating 3 (option P) and a single handed means of
emergency exit.
Handing chart
Note: The handing and orientation code ‘04’ refers to a ‘right hand’,
outward opening door.

Surelock’s aspirations to provide customers with the correct solution to meet an ever expanding complexity of
operational requirements have once again proven to be successful. If you have a specific operational requirement,
no matter how complex, we are pleased to provide a solution.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 106

Slimline triple-deadlocking, dual-function locks

Daytime access control with out-of-hours two-person ‘lock-down’,


emergency exit at all times
Slimline triple-deadlocking devices provide the opportunity to meet a wide of range applications. The S-11705
requires two key holders to set the control between access control entry during working-hours and out-of-hours
lock-down. An emergency exit provision is available at all times.

Two key holders set the control between working-hours and


out-of-hours lock-down.

1 2 3

Access control Entry during normal working period.


4 5 6
7 8 9

Single-handed means of emergency exit on the inside at all times.

Three 15mm hardened steel bolts each with a throw of 25mm, automatically
re-secure upon door closure.

Slimline devices are successfully tested to high levels of Security, Fire,


Blast and Ballistic protection and tested to over a million cycles.

Suitable for doors up to 2,200mm tall, over height extensions are


available for taller doors.

A full range of enhancements available including electric monitoring


of each lock status, a full range of approved cylinders, stainless
steel 316 finish for hostile enviroments, plus additional horizontal 1
4
2
5
3
6

bolts if further forcible attack resistance is required, 7 8 9

(see Additional Features).

Finish - grey-white RAL 9002 leatherette powder coating


co-ordinated with bright zinc plate. Also available in stainless
steel 316 for hostile environments .

Ordering code S-11705

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 107

Triple Deadlocking, Multi-discipline Locks

Additional Features (optional):


The following options are available for this package and are specified by appending the option code/s to the
package code.

Code Description
External key release in case of power failure (if a cylinder protection guard is required for
K2
this, please order separated)
M Electric monitoring of the bolt status
N Electric monitoring (3 No locks)
O 0
Cylinder - supplied by customer, free-issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O 1
Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O2 Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O5 Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O 10
Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O91 Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
P 2 No Cylinder Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 3 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
P 5
2 No Cylinder Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 4 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
S Stainless steel 316
U Slave unit, 90 degree and continue - additional bolt above handle
U1 Slave unit, 90 degree and continue - additional bolt below handle

Keeps included in this package:

Code Description
SC Outward-opening timber frame keep
SC1 Outward-opening timber frame keep and strike
SF Dust excluding floor socket

Ordering Example:

S-11705-04-NO5P Triple deadlocking, multi-discipline device, with out-of-hours lock down, daytime electric
lock release, lock status monitoring of all three locks (option N), two registered
Medeco m3-ARX registered cylinders, each protected with cylinder guards tested to LPS
1175 SR3, with single handed means of exit at all times.

Handing chart
Note: The handing and orientation code ‘04’ refers to a ‘right hand’,
outward opening door.

Surelock’s aspirations to provide customers with the correct solution to meet an ever expanding complexity of
operational requirements have once again proven to be successful. If you have a specific operational requirement,
no matter how complex, we are pleased to provide a solution.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 108

Tandem Locking - Shared Services

Multiple Key Access


In this configuration the Slimline system can be unlocked by one of a number of different keys. This solution is
typically used where two or more organisations require independent access to secure facilities. A cylinder can
be incorporated into the lock for each organisation. A solenoid can also be included to provide an interface with
an access control system.

The cylinders used can be chosen from most manufacturers so


the individual keys can comply with existing key suiting or other
preferences of the individual organisations. This coupled with the
provision of access control enables independent access to secure
facilities while maintaining the access/security preferences of the
participating organisations.

• A multiple choice of entry to support shared services

• A choice of turnknob, panic or emergency exit release

• Three 15mm hardened steel bolts each with a throw of 25mm

• Automatic re-securement upon door closure

Slimline devices are successfully tested to high levels of Security,


Fire, Blast and Ballistic protection and tested to over a million cycles.

Suitable for doors up to 2,200mm tall, over height extensions are


available for taller doors. The supplied steel core fixings and bolt
keeps are suitable for an outward opening door hung in a timber
frame and a concrete floor.

Enhancements available include electric monitoring of bolt and lock


status, a choice of registered cylinders and cylinder guards to suit
individual requirements. Additional horizontal bolts if further attack
resistance is required, plus panic or emergency exit facility
(see Additional Features).

Finish - grey-white RAL 9002 leatherette powder coating


co-ordinated with bright zinc plate.

Ordering code S-11265

S-11265 tandem
locking device,
left hand shown

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 109

Multiple Access

Additional Features (optional):


The following options are available for this package and are specified by appending the option code/s to the
package code.

Code Description
M Electric monitoring of the bolt status
N Electric monitoring of both lock status
O0 Cylinder - supplied by customer, free-issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O1 Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O 2
Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O 5
Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O10 Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O 91
Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
P Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 3 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
P5 Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 4 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
P6 Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 5 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
X One handed means of exit by lever handle
U Slave unit, 90 degree and continue - additional bolt above handle
U1 Slave unit, 90 degree and continue - additional bolt below handle

Keeps included in this package:

Code Description
SC Outward-opening timber frame keep
SC1 Outward-opening timber frame keep and strike
SF Dust excluding floor socket

Ordering Example:

S-11265-04-O5O10P Multi-point tandem deadlocking device with internal turnknob release, Kaba quattro pluS
registered cylinder (option O10), Medeco m3-ARX registered cylinder (option O5),
each protected by a cylinder guard to LPS 1175 security rating 3 (option P).

Handing chart
Note: The handing and orientation code ‘04’ refers to a ‘right hand’,
outward opening door.

Surelock’s aspirations to provide customers with the correct solution to meet an ever expanding complexity of
operational requirements have once again proven to be successful. If you have a specific operational requirement,
no matter how complex, we are pleased to provide a solution.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 110

Emergency Exit with Automatic Lock Back

Hold-back after Breach with Key Re-set


In this configuration, the Slimline system provides an emergency exit that holds the bolts in their retracted
position indicating that a breach of the exit has occurred. The bolts are held until reset using a key. Even if a
partial attempt is made to release the system, the mechanism holds the bolts in their partially retracted position
indicating an attempted breach or simply tampering.

A microswitch provides electric monitoring of the bolt status and a key cylinder (Union as standard) releases the
bolts enabling them to fire back into their thrown position. A choice of alternative cylinders from most leading
manufacturers is available.

The multi-point device provides security evenly across the leading edge
of the door, ensuring a smooth operation, required to meet the release
pressures of BS EN 179: 2008.

• Emergency Exit to BS EN 179: 2008

• Automatic bolt retraction hold-back

• Provides surreptitious anti-tamper protection

• Electric monitoring of the bolt status

• Three 15mm hardened steel bolts each with a throw of 25mm

• Automatic re-securement upon door closure

• Key controlled re-set

Slimline devices are successfully tested to high levels of Security, Fire,


Blast and Ballistic protection and tested to over a million cycles.

Suitable for doors up to 2,200mm tall, over height extensions are available
for taller doors. The supplied steel core fixings and bolt keeps are suitable
for an outward opening door hung in a timber frame and a concrete floor.

Enhancements available include a choice of registered cylinders and


cylinder guards, plus additional horizontal bolts if further attack resistance
is required (see Additional Features).

Finish - grey-white RAL 9002 leatherette powder coating co-ordinated


with bright zinc plate.

Ordering code S-10780

S-10780 Emergency exit with


automatic lock-back & key
re-set, left hand shown

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 111

Hold-back after Breach with Key Re-set

Additional Features (optional):


The following options are available for this package and are specified by appending the option code/s to the
package code.

Code Description
O 0
Cylinder - supplied by customer, free-issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O 1
Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O2 Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O5 Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O 10
Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O91 Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
U Slave unit, 90 degree and continue - additional bolt above handle
U 1
Slave unit, 90 degree and continue - additional bolt below handle

Keeps included in this package:

Code Description
SC Outward-opening timber frame keep
SC1 Outward-opening timber frame keep and strike
SF Dust excluding floor socket

Ordering Example:

S-10780-04-O5 Multi-point emergency exit device with automatic lock-back facility with a registered
Medeco m3-ARX cylinder (option O5).

Handing chart
Note: The handing and orientation code ‘04’ refers
to a ‘right hand’, outward opening door.

Surelock’s aspirations to provide customers with the correct solution to meet an ever expanding complexity of
operational requirements have once again proven to be successful. If you have a specific operational requirement,
no matter how complex, we are pleased to provide a solution.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 112

Emergency Exit with Visual Breach Indication

VIP Breach Awareness Device


This Slimline system provides emergency exit to BS EN 179: 2008 and visual indication of a breach. An internal
push pad provides a comfortable method of exit operation, releasing the multi-point device and driving a large
red indicator panel out as the bolts are being retracted.

The system automatically re-secures upon door closure, but the breach indicator remains locked out (until reset
by a key) to show that a breach has occurred.

A 90 degree slave unit on the bottom bolt directs it into the frame.

• Emergency exit to BS EN 179: 2008

• Visual breach awareness

• Key reset facility

• Three 15mm hardened steel bolts each with a throw of 25mm

• Automatic re-securement upon door closure

• 90 degree slave to bottom bolt

Slimline devices are successfully tested to high levels of Security, Fire,


Blast and Ballistic protection and tested to over a million cycles.

Suitable for doors up to 2,200mm tall, over height extensions are available
for taller doors. The supplied steel core fixings and bolt keeps are suitable
for an outward opening door hung in a timber frame and a concrete floor.

Enhancements available include microswitches monitoring the bolt and


indicator status, external key entry with a choice of cylinders from leading
manufacturers, to suit individual requirements (see Additional Features).

Finish - grey-white RAL 9002 leatherette powder coating co-ordinated


with bright zinc plate.

Ordering code S-10516

S-10516 Emergency exit with


visual indicator and lower
90o slave, left hand shown

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 113

VIP Breach Awareness Device

Additional Features (optional):


The following options are available for this package and are specified by appending the option code/s to the
package code.

Code Description
L LEO (external lockable handle), surface mounted
L1
Recessed LEO (flush fitting) - tested to LPS 1175 security rating 3 protection
L2
Recessed LEO (flush fitting) with cylinder guard - tested to LPS 1175 security rating 4 protection
O0 Cylinder - supplied by customer, free-issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O 1
Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O 2
Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O 5
Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O 10
Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O 91
Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
V 1
VIP (Visual Indicator Panel) with status monitoring & isolation
V2 VIP (Visual Indicator Panel) with status monitoring

Keeps included in this package:

Code Description
SC Outward-opening timber frame keep
SC1 Outward-opening timber frame keep and strike

Ordering Example:

S-10516-04-L1O5V2 Multi-point emergency exit with visual breach awareness, external key andhandle
provision in case of power failure (option L1), fitted with a registered Medeco m3 ARX
cylinder fitted (option O5) and status monitoring (option V2).

Handing chart
Note: The handing and orientation code ‘04’ refers
to a ‘right hand’, outward opening door.

Surelock’s aspirations to provide customers with the correct solution to meet an ever expanding complexity of
operational requirements have once again proven to be successful. If you have a specific operational requirement,
no matter how complex, we are pleased to provide a solution.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 114

Delayed Panic Exit

Run-out Protection
The Slimline delayed egress system provides a time-delayed panic exit facility. It is typically used to protect against
‘run out’ theft, where goods are stolen and ‘run out’ through a panic exit to an awaiting vehicle. It can also be used
for holding areas where a delayed exit is required unless the fire alarm is activated.

A key facility is included to switch off the alarm and re-set the system:

• Internal panic bar providing a ‘time-delayed panic exit’

• 
Immediate release in the case of a fire, when linked to
the fire alarm

• Electric monitoring of bolt status

• Key reset facility

• 
Three 15mm hardened steel bolts each with a throw
of 25mm

• Automatic re-securement upon door closure

Slimline devices are successfully tested to high levels of


Security, Fire, Blast and Ballistic protection and tested to
over a million cycles. Suitable for doors up to 2,200mm tall,
over height extensions are available for taller doors.

The device can be enhanced to include external key entry


with a choice of cylinders from leading manufacturers.

Technical - Voltage 12V D.C. energise to lock (fail safe),


with time delay to suit requirements, 20W nominal
power consumption.

Finish - grey-white RAL 9002 leatherette powder coating


co-ordinated with bright zinc plate.

Ordering code S-11314

S-11314 delayed panic exit


device, left hand shown

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 115

Run-out Protection

Additional Features (optional):


The following options are available for this package and are specified by appending the option code/s to the
package code.

Code Description
L LEO (external lockable handle), surface mounted
L1
Recessed LEO (flush fitting) - tested to LPS 1175 security rating 3 protection
L2
Recessed LEO (flush fitting) with cylinder guard - tested to LPS 1175 security rating 4 protection
O0 Cylinder - supplied by customer, free-issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O1 Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O 2
Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O 5
Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O10 Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O 91
Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)

Keeps included in this package:

Code Description
SC Outward-opening timber frame keep
SC1 Outward-opening timber frame keep and strike
SF Dust excluding floor socket

Ordering Example:

S-11314-04-L1O5 Multi-point delayed panic exit, external key and handle provision in case of power failure
(option L1), fitted with a registered Medeco m3-ARX cylinder fitted (option O5).

Handing chart
Note: The handing and orientation code ‘04’ refers
to a ‘right hand’, outward opening door.

Surelock’s aspirations to provide customers with the correct solution to meet an ever expanding complexity of
operational requirements have once again proven to be successful. If you have a specific operational requirement,
no matter how complex, we are pleased to provide a solution.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 116

Access Control with Siege Protection & Safe Exit

Internal Lockdown with Emergency Exit


A multi-point locking system with a solenoid deadlock to provided access control entry, with a simple fast
method of providing a lockdown on the inside, by way of a distinctive red lever handle. Denying access to all
from the outside, as in the case of a siege situation.

An internal green lever handle provides a single handed means of free exit and the multi-point locking
device automatically re-secures upon door closure. With a microswitch
monitoring the bolt status.

• Access control entry

• Internal siege deadlock

• Emergency exit of both locks

• Electric monitoring of the bolt status

• Three 15mm hardened steel bolts each with a throw of 25mm

• Automatic re-securement upon door closure

Slimline devices are successfully tested to high levels of Security, Fire,


Blast and Ballistic protection and tested to over a million cycles.

Suitable for doors up to 2,200mm tall, over height extensions are available
for taller doors. The steel core fixings and bolt keeps supplied are suitable
for an outward opening door hung in a timber frame and a concrete floor.

Enhancements available include electric monitoring of the lock status,


external key override in case of power failure, a choice of registered
cylinders and cylinder guards, plus additional horizontal bolts if further
attack resistance is required, (see Additional Features). 1 2 3
4 5 6
Finish - grey-white RAL 9002 leatherette powder coating co-ordinated 7 8 9

with bright zinc plate.

Ordering code S-11310

S-11310 Slimline access


control device with siege
protection, left hand shown

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 117

Internal Lockdown with Emergency Exit

Additional Features (optional):


The following options are available for this package and are specified by appending the option code/s to the
package code.

Code Description
K2 External key release in case of power failure
N Electric monitoring of both lock status
O 0
Cylinder - supplied by customer, free-issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O 1
Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O2 Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O 5
Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O 10
Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O91 Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
P Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 3 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
P 5
Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 4 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
P 6
Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 5 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
U Slave unit, 90 degree and continue - additional bolt above handle

Keeps included in this package:

Code Description
SC Outward-opening timber frame keep
SC1 Outward-opening timber frame keep and strike
SF Dust excluding floor socket

Ordering Example:

S-11310-04-K2NO5P6 Multi-point access control with internal lockdown facility, external key and handle
provision in case of power failure (K2) with a registered Medeco m3-ARX cylinder
(option O5), protected by a cylinder guard to LPS 1175 security rating 5 (option P6),
plus electric monitoring of the lock status (option N).

Handing chart
Note: The handing and orientation code ‘04’ refers to a ‘right hand’,
outward opening door.

Surelock’s aspirations to provide customers with the correct solution to meet an ever expanding complexity of
operational requirements have once again proven to be successful. If you have a specific operational requirement,
no matter how complex, we are pleased to provide a solution.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 118

Motorised Panic Exit - Bolting

Remote Release with Panic Exit


In this configuration the Slimline system provides remotely controlled external entry combined with panic exit.
The system incorporates a remotely controlled motor to retract the bolts so the door can be opened (by a powered
actuator or pull handle - not supplied). The bolts are then restrained in their retracted position while the motor returns
to it’s parked position, enabling the door to re-secure automatically upon closure.

The system can be released from the inside by a panic bar.


Again the bolts are held in their retracted position by the
restraint whilst the door is open. The restraint releases upon
door closure to provide automatic resecurement.

Typical applications:

• Disabled access

• Unmanned buildings

• Sterile entry areas

The motor controller provides outputs for bolt status


monitoring, which can be used within a building
management system for automatic door actuation, or
sequencing of a number of doors. The controller requires
mains electrical input.

Suitable for doors up to 2,200mm tall, over height


extensions are available for taller doors. The supplied steel
core fixings and bolt keeps are suitable for an outward
opening door hung in a timber frame and a concrete floor.

An external key option provides alternative access in the


event of a power failure; with a choice of registered cylinders
to suit individual requirements (see Additional Features).

Technical
- Voltage 24V D.C.
- Power consumption 22W

Ordering code S-11000

Note: If the locks are to be incorporated within a larger building management


system and the controller is not required, please contact our technical
department for any technical support.

S-11000 motorised multi-point panic


exit bolting device, left hand shown

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 119

Remote Release with Panic Exit - Bolting

Additional Features (optional):


The following options are available for this package and are specified by appending the option code/s to the
package code.

Code Description
L LEO (external lockable handle), surface mounted
L1
Recessed LEO (flush fitting) - tested to LPS 1175 security rating 3 protection
L2
Recessed LEO (flush fitting) with cylinder guard - tested to LPS 1175 security rating 4 protection
O0 Cylinder - supplied by customer, free-issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O 1
Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O 2
Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O 5
Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O 10
Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O 91
Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)

Keeps included in this package:

Code Description
SC Outward-opening timber frame keep
SC1 Outward-opening timber frame keep and strike
SF Dust excluding floor socket

Ordering Example:

S-11000-04-L1O5 Motorised multi-point panic exit bolting device, external key and handle provision (option L1),
fitted with a registered Medeco m3-ARX cylinder fitted (option O5).

Handing chart
Note: The handing and orientation code ‘04’ refers
to a ‘right hand’, outward opening door.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 120

Motorised Panic Exit - Deadlocking

Remote Release with Panic Exit


Remote release is achieved by releasing a solenoid deadlock and then activating a motor to retract the three bolts of
the Slimline device. Once retracted the door can be opened to provide external entry, either by a powered actuator
or pull handle (not supplied). The bolts are held by a restraint in their retracted position while the motor returns to it’s
parked position, enabling the door to automatically re-secure upon closure.

As a panic exit, the device can be released on the inside by means of operation via a panic bar, overriding the
deadlock and releasing the bolts in a single action. Again the bolts held in their retracted position by the restraint
whilst the door is open, which releases upon door closure to provide
automatically re-securement.

Typical applications:

• Disabled access

• Unmanned buildings

• Sterile entry area’s

• High security where bolt end-pressure protection is preferred

The motor controller provides outputs for bolt status monitoring,


which can be used within a building management system for
automatic door actuation, or sequencing of a number of doors.
The controller requires mains electrical input.

Suitable for doors up to 2,200mm tall, over height extensions are


available for taller doors. The supplied steel core fixings and bolt
keeps are suitable for an outward opening door hung in a timber
frame and a concrete floor.

Enhancements available include additional horizontal bolts if further


attack resistance is required, external key entry (Union as standard)
in the case of power failure, plus a choice of registered cylinders
from leading manufacturers (see Additional Features).

An external key option provides alternative access in the event of a


power failure; with a choice of registered cylinders to suit individual
requirements (see Additional Features).

Technical
- Voltage 24V D.C.
- Power consumption 22W

Ordering code S-11300

Note: If the locks are to be incorporated within a larger building management S-11300 access controlled Slimline
system and the controller is not required, please contact our technical deadlocking device with motorised bolt
department for any technical support. retraction and panic exit, left hand shown

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 121

Remote Release with Panic Exit - Deadlocking

Additional Features (optional):


The following options are available for this package and are specified by appending the option code/s to the
package code.

Code Description
K 2
External key release in case of power failure
O 0
Cylinder - supplied by customer, free-issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O1 Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O2 Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O 5
Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O10 Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O91 Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
P Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 3 protection for door thickness 42- 60mm
P5
Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 4 protection for door thickness 42- 60mm
P6 Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 5 protection for door thickness 42- 60mm
U Slave unit, 90 degree and continue - additional bolt above handle
U 1
Slave unit, 90 degree and continue - additional bolt below handle

Keeps included in this package:

Code Description
SC Outward-opening timber frame keep
SC1 Outward-opening timber frame keep and strike
SF Dust excluding floor socket

Ordering Example:

S-11300-04-K2O5P Multi-point panic exit deadlocking device with motorised bolt release, external key and
handle entry (option K2), an Medeco m3-ARX registered cylinder (option O5)protected by a
cylinder guard to LPS 1175 security rating 3 (option P).

Handing chart
Note: The handing and orientation code ‘04’ refers
to a ‘right hand’, outward opening door.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 122

Motorised Emergency Exit - Deadlocking

Remote Release with Emergency Exit


Remote release is achieved by releasing a solenoid deadlock and then activating a motor to retract the three bolts of
the Slimline device. Once retracted the door can be opened to provide external entry, either by a powered actuator
or pull handle (not supplied). The bolts are held by a restraint in their retracted position while the motor returns to its
parked position, enabling the door to automatically re-secure upon closure.

As an emergency exit, the device can be released on the inside by operating a lever handle, that overrides deadlock
and releases the bolts in a single action. Again the bolts are held in their retracted position by the restraint whilst the
door is open. The restraint releases upon door closure to provide automatically
resecurement.

Typical applications:

• Disabled access

• Unmanned buildings

• Sterile entry areas

• High security where bolt end-pressure protection is preferred

• Combined remote access with emergency exit to BSEN 179: 2008,


CE marked

The motor controller provides outputs for bolt status monitoring, which can
be used within a building management system for automatic door actuation,
or sequencing of a number of doors. The controller requires mains
electrical input.

The system is suitable for doors up to 2,200mm tall. Extension kits are
available for taller doors. The supplied steel core fixings and bolt keeps are
suitable for an outward opening door hung in a timber frame and a
concrete floor.

Enhancements available include additional horizontal bolts if further


attack resistance is required, external key entry (Union as standard) in the
case of power failure, plus a choice of registered cylinders from leading
manufacturers (see Additional Features).

Technical
- Voltage 24V D.C.
- Power consumption 22W

Ordering code S-11305


S-11305 access controlled
Slimline deadlocking
Note: If the locks are to be incorporated within a larger building device with motorised bolt
management system and the controller is not required, please retraction and emergency
contact our technical department for any technical support. exit, left hand shown

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 123

Remote Release with Emergency Exit - Deadlocking

Additional Features (optional):


The following options are available for this package and are specified by appending the option code/s to the
package code.

Code Description
K2 External key release in case of power failure
O 0
Cylinder - supplied by customer, free-issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O 1
Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O2 Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O5 Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O 10
Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O91 Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
P Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 3 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
P5
Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 4 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
P6
Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 5 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
U Slave unit, 90 degree and continue - additional bolt above handle
U1 Slave unit, 90 degree and continue - additional bolt below handle

Keeps included in this package:

Code Description
SC Outward-opening timber frame keep
SC1 Outward-opening timber frame keep and strike
SF Dust excluding floor socket

Ordering Example:

S-11305-04-K2O5P Multi-point panic exit deadlocking device with motorised bolt release, external key and
handle entry (option K2), an Medeco m3-ARX registered cylinder (option O5) protected by
a cylinder guard to LPS 1175 security rating 3 (option P).

Handing chart
Note: The handing and orientation code ‘04’ refers
to a ‘right hand’, outward opening door.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Cashiers Office Lock 03.16 page 124

Cashiers Office Lock - Safe Exit

Automatic Deadlocking with Emergency Exit


A covered Slimline multi-point system automatically re-secures upon door closure. External key lock release and
lever handle entry; an internal green lever handle provides for a single handed emergency exit to BS EN 179: 2008.

• Three 15mm hardened steel bolts each with a throw of 25mm


• Concealed (covered) system
• Key and lever handle entry facility
• Automatic re-securement upon door closure
• Single handed emergency exit to BS EN 179: 2008,
CE marked

Slimline devices are successfully tested to high levels


of Security, Fire, Blast and Ballistic protection and
tested to over a million cycles.
Suitable for doors up to 2,200mm tall, over height
extensions are available for taller doors. The supplied
steel core fixings and bolt keeps are suitable for an
outward opening door hung in a timber frame and a
concrete floor.
Enhancements available include electric monitoring
of the lock status, a choice of registered cylinders
and cylinder guards, plus additional horizontal bolts
if further attack resistance is required (see Additional
Features).

Finish - grey-white RAL 9002 leatherette powder


coating co-ordinated with bright zinc plate.

Ordering code S-11004

Slimline ‘Cashiers Office’ lock,


left hand shown

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Cashiers Office Lock 03.16 page 125

Automatic Deadlocking with Emergency Exit

Additional Features (optional):


The following options are available for this package and are specified by appending the option code/s to the
package code:-

Code Description
N Electric monitoring of the lock status
O 0
Cylinder - supplied by customer, free-issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O 1
Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O 2
Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O 5
Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O 10
Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O 91
Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
P Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 3 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
P5
Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 4 protection for door thickness 42- 60mm
P6
Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 5 protection for door thickness 42- 60mm
U Slave unit, 90 degree and continue - additional bolt above handle
U1 Slave unit, 90 degree and continue - additional bolt below handle

Keep supplied in this package include:


Code Description
SC Outward-opening timber frame keep (2 No.)
SC1 Outward-opening timber frame keep and strike

Ordering Example:

S-11004-04-NO5P6 Multi-point automatic deadlocking device with external key and lever handle entry with a
registered Medeco m3-ARX cylinder (option O5), protected by a cylinder guard (option P6),
an inside lever handle provides an emergency exit to BS EN 179:2008.

Handing chart
Note: The handing and orientation code ‘04’ refers to a
‘right hand’, outward opening door.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 126

‘Solent’ High Security Dual Protection Multi-point Lock

Highest Security with Emergency Exit to BS EN 179: 2008


High performance, multi-functional with break glass and anti-tamper protection. Providing emergency exit at
all times.

Specification
Three 15mm diameter hardened steel bolts, each with 25mm throw
Emergency exit, independently type-tested to BS EN 179: 2008.

Fitted with a Slimline multi-point deadlock to provide automatic re-securing


upon door closure and end-pressure attack resistance to all bolts.

Anti-tamper break-glass with double over-lock protects against the highest


levels of threat.

Slimline devices are successfully tested to high levels of Security, Fire, Blast
and Ballistic protection and tested to over a million cycles.

Prime Entry Lock Selection


• S&G 8550 combination lock
• S&G 2740 electro-mechanical lock
• Tamar key operated lock
• Kaba Mas Auditcon 552 electronic lock
• Kaba Mas X-09 electronic lock
• ILD key operated lock

Optional Enhancements
• Access control for daytime staff
• Electric monitoring of bolt status
• Visual breach indicator
• Genous secondary overlock with full audit trail

External Operators (example)

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 127

Features & Accreditations

The ‘Solent’ multi-point lock has been specifically designed of Security, Fire, Blast and Ballistic certifications and
to offer the highest level of both physical and surreptitious accreditations. The design and materials used ensure a
protection and has been successfully type tested to BS robust product, built to endure heavy usage and hostile
EN 179: 2008. It provides a one-handed means of exit in environments, tested to over a million cycles.
the case of an emergency and automatically returns to its
The ‘Solent’ lock is a single lock for all purposes, and
original status after each exit.
negates the need for repairs to a door each time an
The ‘Solent’ lock is from the Surelock range of high alternative lock is fitted to suit a change of operation.
performance multi-point locking systems, which have
been successfully tested to the largest combination

Prime Entry Lock Selection

S&G 8550 - mechanical combination lock, TAMAR - key operated lock with cylinder guard
UL listed group 1 VdS Class 2, CEN B, DNV protection and microswitch provision for lock
3492, CNPP A2P B/E; 1,000,000 theoretical status monitoring. ‘Genous’ option provides a
combinations. secondary overlock plus full audit trail facility.
SSG ref: 25.42.1753

S&G 2470 - High-Security electromechanical KABA MAS X-09 - limited view LCD display
combination lock, meets Federal Specification self-powered electromechanical combination
FF-L-2740A, GSA approved, single and dual lock. Three modes of user access, plus
user entry; sets electronically and dialed audit facilities.
mechanically. GSA approved for use on security vault doors.
ILD - key operated high security lock
KABA MAS AUDITCON 552 - selfpowered developed by the Department of Defense Lock
combination lock, fitted with anti-spy shield, Program. The ILD is approved by DoD for use
99 users, time delay and audit facilities. on doors to weapon storage structures.
ENV1300 Class B Vds Class 2. OSD31 and DoD approved.

Note: Most combination locks with the standard industry or UK Government mounting footprint can be fitted, upon request.

Technical Information

• 15mm hardened bolts with a 25mm throw, suitable for •B


 i-directional restraint suitable for both inward and
door heights up to 2,200mm, with extensions available outward-opening doors, with easy adjustment for
for higher doors. positive engagement.
• Toughened glass plate with overlock providing •E
 rgonomic green lever handle on the inside to provide
surreptitious anti-tamper protection. a one-handed means of exit to BS EN 179: 2008.
• Automatic re-securement of the multi-point bolting •P
 owder-coated Laser Grey finish, co-ordinated with
system ensures that any fire, blast, ballistic certification bright zinc plate.
to the door is not compromised.
•T
 he Solent lock is handed, please refer to the handing
• End-pressure attack resistance to all bolts. chart when specifying.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 128

Performance Suitability

Surelock multi-point locks have been successfully tested on a variety of high performance doorsets, aimed at
the following standards:
SECURITY LPS 1175 Security Rating 2, 3, 4 and 5.
FIRE BS 476 part 22:1987 doorsets, 30, 60 and 90 minutes.
BLAST ‘Protected Spaces’; ratings ‘C15’ and C25’.
BALLISTICS BS EN 1522:1999, FB1-FB7 and FSG.
SAFETY BS EN 179:2008 (Emergency Exit) classification: 37601442A.

Optional Enhancements

Access control for daytime staff Fixings & Keeps 


OPTION R5 Access control entry with emergency Supplied with steel core fixings and keeps to suit an
exit, 12V d.c. solenoid, energise to outward-opening timber core door hung in a timber
unlock (fail secure as standard), 6.3W frame, standing on concrete floor. Alternative keeps
power consumption. are available for steel doors and frames, plus inward
opening doors.
OPTION R6 Access control entry and exit, 12V d.c.
solenoid, energise to unlock*
Ergonomic Green
(fail secure as standard), 6.3W
Lever Handle
power consumption. Visual Breach
Indicator
Additional enhancements for
(optional)
access control:
OPTION K2 External key release in case of
power failure. ‘Genous’
OPTION N Electric monitoring of daytime  n option available with the Tamar key operated lock.
A
lock status. This provides a secondary overlock within the Tamar
OPTION O(n) Choice of cylinder manufacturers, lock, providing resistance to physical attack and
or customers own supply; surreptitious anti-tamper protection
(n) = manufacturer variant. 
Genous is a unique electronic chip embedded in the
OPTION P Cylinder protection. key bow. The chip is read as the key is inserted into
the cylinder, an authorised chip releases the solenoid
overlock and permits the correctly cut key to operate
Additional (optional) Enhancements and release the lock.
OPTION E(n) Over-height door extensions; Genous enables up to 10,000 users and 10,000
(n) = 1000mm variant. events, it can be a stand-alone single door, or
networked for remote management. Genous
OPTION M Electric monitoring of bolt status.
provides a full and in-depth audit trail facility with
OPTION T Lower slave unit, horizontal bottom bolt secure data storage.
securing into the door frame.
OPTION V Visual indicator flag, identifying breach, ‘Genous’ key with embedded
electronic chip
with electric monitoring.
* This option provides for controlled
entry and exit, removing the
emergency exit feature at all times.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 129

Solent Specifying Guide

Four Steps to Specifying K2 External key release


1. S
 elect the Solent lock code according to the in case of power failure
prime entry lock required, as follows:
S-11650 S&G 8550 mechanical combination lock ‘S-11650’ S&G 8550 mechanical
S-11485 S&G 2740 electro-mechanical lock combination prime entry lock
S-10801 Kaba Mas Auditcon 552 electronic lock
S-11125 Tamar key driven lock
S-11160 Kaba Mas X-09 electronic lock S-11650-04-K2R5
S-11170 ILD key driven lock

Note: Most combination locks with the standard
industry or UK Government mounting footprint lock ‘04’ Right-hand,
can be fitted, upon request outward opening

2. Identify handing and door opening direction R5 Access control


codes (see handing chart)
daytime entry with
04 = Right-hand outward opening emergency exit
05 = Left-hand outward opening
07 = Right-hand inward opening Handing chart
08 = Left-hand inward opening

3. Append any enhancement codes


Refer to ‘Optional Enhancements’.

4. Alternative fixings or keeps


Advise any special door and frame details for
appropriate keeps to be selected.

Technical Support Help Line Quality Statement


For further help or advice, please contact our Our continued commitment to product excellence
technical sales department on: and accreditation to ISO 9001: 2008 throughout the
group ensures unequalled customer satisfaction and
+44 (0) 118 977 2525
is our ‘Seal of Excellence’.
sales@surelock.co.uk In accordance with our policy of continued
development and improvement we reserve the
right to make changes in design and specifications
without notice.

Surelock McGill Ltd


26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel: +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Fax: +44 (0) 118 977 1913
Email: sales@surelock.co.uk Web: www.surelock.co.uk

Assessed to ISO9001:2000
ASSESSED TO ISO
Certificate 9OO1:2008
No. 516-1
CERTIFICATE NO. 516

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Multi-point 03.16 page 130

Fleet Lock

Double Swing-bolting with Emergency exit


An encased heavy duty twin bolting device, deadlocked by a high security lock complete with ant-tamper overlocks
to provide surreptitious protection, whilst retaining an emergency exit facility.
The Fleet Lock can be fitted to most security doors. There is a choice of locks to suit customers’ specific operational
requirements, including:
• S&G 8550 combination lock
• S&G 2740 combination lock
• Kaba Mas Auditcon 552 electronic lock
• Tamar key driven lock

Typical information:
• Overall case height 1465mm by 150mm wide
• Two swing bolts 60mm by 10mm swing bolts with a 60mm throw
• Inset keeps to suit an outward opening door hung in a timber frame

Finish
Goose grey powder coating co-ordinated with bright zinc plate.

Ordering codes:
DL300-2000 Euro-profile cylinder provision (cylinder not included)
DL300-4000 Kaba Mas Auditcon 552 electronic lock
DL300-5000 Tamar key operated lock
DL300-7000 S&G 8550 combination lock
DL300-8000 S&G 2740 electro-mechanical lock

Fleet swing bolt device


with emergency exit

Handing chart
Inset keep arrangement

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Blast Protection 03.16 page 131

Traditional ‘G1’

Modular solutions for blast protection and containment


The heavy-duty traditional ‘G1’ range has 25mm diameter mild steel bolts, each with a throw of 32mm. Larger
bolt ends are available in a choice of materials, including mild steel, stainless steel (316) and EN24T (nickel
chrome molybdenum steel).

Three bolts, top, bottom and horizontal, with optional slave units to provide
additional bolting positions. Supporting bolt guides are included, with frame
keeps available, if required, to suit the needs of a blast application.

A selection of enhancements are available to meet most operational needs,


as follows:

• Key release
• Solenoid lock release
• Motor driven bolt retraction
• Automatic re-securement upon door closure
• Electric monitoring of bolt and lock status
• Panic or emergency exit provision

Slave units provide additional bolts to suit the


number and positional needs of an application

Traditional ‘G1’ range shown with


additional top and bottom slaves
to provide 5-point securing

Panic bar example,


providing a one-handed
means of exit

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Blast Protection 03.16 page 132

Peak Permissible Blast Loads


The following schedule is a guide only of ‘Peak Permissible Blast Loads’ calculated for a range of door sizes
secured with a varied number of bolts and differing materials.
The assessments for each door and bolt configuration are based on a number of assumptions, such that the
figures should be used for guidance only, it is assumed that:
n The load is distributed equally (50/50) between the hinge side and the leading edge of the door
n The hinge and door frame is capable of resisting the applied load
n The door leaf is substantially stiff such that the load is transmitted directly to the support points
(ie. hinge on one side and bolts on the other)
n The load is evenly distributed on all bolts and the position of the horizontal bolt has no effect on load
distribution - in a normal door design we have considered that the horizontal bolt would take load from half
of the door area above and below in a 3-bolt group. The top and bottom bolts would therefore receive half
the load applied to the central bolt, with the central bolt being the limiting factor
n The blast load is limited by the shear capacity of one bolt - therefore the total allowable blast load is factored
by the number of bolts
n These figures are the ultimate capacities, with an allowance for dynamic load factors

Door Schedule - Permissable Peak Blast Loads (kN/m2)


Door 2500mm x 1000mm (8’ 2” x 3’ 3”)
Bolt Diameter Fitted with 2 vertical bolts Fitted with 2 vertical bolts plus 1 horizontal
Metric Imperial Mild Steel Stainless Steel EN24T Mild Steel Stainless Steel EN24T
316 316

15mm 0.590” 17.5 35.4 43.3 23.6 53.1 65.0


20mm 0.787” 31.1 63.0 77.0 46.7 94.5 115.5
25mm 0.984” 48.6 98.4 120.3 73.0 147.6 180.5
40mm 1.578” 124.5 251.9 308.0 186.7 377.9 461.5

Door 3000mm x 1250mm (9’ 10” x 4’ 1”)


Bolt Diameter Fitted with 2 vertical bolts Fitted with 2 vertical bolts plus 1 horizontal
Metric Imperial Mild Steel Stainless Steel EN24T Mild Steel Stainless Steel EN24T
316 316

15mm 0.590” 11.7 23.6 28.9 17.5 35.4 43.3


20mm 0.787” 20.7 42.0 51.3 31.1 63.0 76.9
25mm 0.984” 32.4 65.6 80.2 48.6 98.4 120.3
40mm 1.578” 83.0 167.9 205.3 124.5 251.9 308.0

Door 4000mm x 1500mm (13’ 1” x 4’ 11”)


Bolt Diameter Fitted with 2 vertical bolts Fitted with 2 vertical bolts plus 1 horizontal
Metric Imperial Mild Steel Stainless Steel EN24T Mild Steel Stainless Steel EN24T
316 316

15mm 0.590” 7.3 14.8 18.0 10.9 22.1 27.1


20mm 0.787” 13.0 26.2 32.1 19.5 39.4 48.1
25mm 0.984” 20.3 41.0 50.1 30.4 61.5 75.2
40mm 1.578” 51.9 105.0 128.3 77.8 157.4 192.5
The above table is a guide to the permissible ‘Peak’ blast loads a device could provide, this is of course dependant on the complete door and
frame design, the method of fitting, including the hinge side of the door.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Blast Protection 03.16 page 133

Espagnolette Mullion 3-Way

‘EM3’ Range of Heavy-duty Encased Locks


The EM3 range comprises heavy duty multi-point devices for securing and providing protection against the higher
levels of physical attack and blast protection. Espagnolette Mullins are designed for single doors or the active leaf of
a double doorset and has a wide choice of Surelock enhancements available to suit specific requirements.
Three 25mm diameter stainless steel bolts, each with a 32mm throw are encased in a strong, steel fabricated case
to provide a balanced level of support for each bolt.
Entry and exit operational choices are almost limitless, and use the same coding methods for the Slimline range,
as follows:
Ordering codes are self-creating according and follow a similar pattern to
the Slimline range, as follows:
‘EM3’ Espagnolette Mullions, three-point bolting, followed by the chosen
entry and exit codes

Entry Exit

No entry Key driven Electric Combination No exit Key driven Electric Turnknob Emergency
release lock release release exit
Code 0 1 2 3 Code 0 1 2 3 5

A selection of Enhancements can be added and again follow a similar


pattern and description as Slimline (see Additional Features).
Keeps and fixings need to be ordered separately to suit door and frame
detail, or will interlock with a two-point Espagnolette Mullion fitted to the
passive leaf of a double door set.
Specification:
• 25mm diameter stainless steel bolts with 32mm throw
• Stainless steel lever handle(s)
• Spring biasing to throw bolts, adjustable on site
• Suitable for door heights from 1,900mm to 2,400mm, over height
extensions available for higher doors

Finish - goose grey powder coating co-ordinated with stainless steel


bolts, escutcheons and lever handles.

EM303 three-point
Espagnolette Mullion,
left hand shown

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Blast Protection 03.16 page 134

‘EM3’ Range of Heavy-duty Encased Locks

General Dimensions of a three-point Espagnolette Mullion device:

Ordering Example:

EM313-04-K15O5P6 Three-point Espagnolette mullion with external key entry, an Medeco m3-ARX registered
cylinder (option O5) protected by a cylinder guard to LPS 1175 security rating 5, an
internal turnknob lock release, with shroud (option K15) and lever handle.

Handing Chart

Note: The handing and orientation code ‘04’


refers to a ‘right hand’, outward opening door.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Blast Protection 03.16 page 135

Espagnolette Mullion Two-Way

‘EM2’ Range of Heavy-duty Encased Locks


The EM2 range comprises heavy duty two-point devices for securing the passive leaf of a double door and providing
protection against the higher levels of physical attack and blast protection.
Two 25mm diameter stainless steel bolts each with a 32mm throw are encased in a strong, steel fabricated case to
provide a balanced level of support for each bolt.
Entry and exit operational choices are almost limitless, with self-creating ordering codes in-line with the latest
Surelock coding system, as follows:
Ordering code: ‘EM205’ Espagnolette Mullion, two-point bolting with
removable plant key handle on the inside, non-handed.
Keeps and fixings need to be ordered separately to suit door and
frame detail.
Specification:
• 25mm diameter stainless steel bolts with 32mm throw
• Removable plant handle
• Spring biasing to throw bolts, adjustable on site
• Suitable for door heights from 1,900mm to 2,400mm, over height
extensions available for higher doors
• Non handed

Finish - goose grey powder coating co-ordinated with stainless steel


bolts, escutcheons and lever handles.

EM205 two-point
Espagnolette Mullion

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Blast Protection 03.16 page 136

‘EM2’ Range of Heavy-duty Encased Locks

General Dimensions of a two-point Espagnolette Mullion device:

Ordering Example:

EM205-00-MW Heavy duty two-point Espagnolette Mullion with removable plant handle, electric
monitoring of the bolt status (option M) and steel core fixing (option code W).

Note: The handing and orientation code ‘00’ denotes non-handed.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Blast Protection 03.16 page 137

‘BL’ Blast Protection Mullions

‘BL’ Range of Blast Protection Devices


A range of fully-encased heavy-duty mullions designed to withstand blast pressures resulting from an explosion.
A choice of the material, number and size of bolts enables the selection of a device to withstand specific blast
pressures. Typical applications are:
• Storage of munitions
• Petrochemical explosion
• Terrorist attack
The bolt guides and support blocks are proportionately matched to the size and material to the bolts to maintain
appropriate strength and protection throughout the the build of each device.
Blast mullions can be paired together to provide additional bolts along the
top and bottom edges of a door. This enables further all round support of
the door to meet increased requirements that might exist, for example, in the
case of wide or double doors.
Entry and exit operational choices are almost limitless, and use similar
coding methods to the Slimline range, as follows:
Ordering codes follow a similar pattern to the Slimline range, so that, for
example, the order code BL415 indicates a blast protection mullion with
4 point bolting (as illustrated) Key Entry, and Emergency Exit.

Entry Exit

No entry Key driven Electric Combination No exit Key driven Electric Turnknob Emergency
release lock release release exit
Code 0 1 2 3 Code 0 1 2 3 5

A selection of Enhancements can be added, again following the similar


pattern and descriptions as Slimline (see Additional Features).
Keeps and fixings need to be ordered separately to suit door and frame
detail and blast protection requirement.

Handing chart

Blast Protection Mullion, twin


locking with internal key and
turnknob release, left hand shown

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Blast Protection 03.16 page 138

Bespoke Blast Solutions

Special Motorised Applications


Over 1­000kgs of high quality engineering enable special multi-point securing devices to be supplied from a
modular design concept. This enables a choice as to the number of bolts and material, their position and throw
to meet almost any threat protection.

Operational functionality can be as simple or complex as a site requires, including deadlocking to prevent
forced bolt retraction with key or access control lock release, remote or touch-bar motorised bolt actuation,
lock and bolt status monitoring and if required, manual release in the case of power failure.

Example of a 1,000kg locking system:


• Six 100mm diameter bolts
• Motorised bolt actuation
• Remote or touch bar release
• Manual safety release in case of power failure

Blast Containment
The illustration opposite shows a ‘Threat Containment ‘Threat Containment Unit’
Unit’. This has been developed to meet problems Photograph by kind permission of
Aigis Blast Protection
such as suspect abandoned luggage at airports.
The system uses Surelock McGill bespoke designed
bolting modules to meet the blast threat and is
designed for robotic rather than human intervention.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Barrier Bolt 03.16 page 139

Barrier Bolt

Horizontal Two-point Bolting Device


The Barrier bolt is a horizontal two point bolting system that enables a door to be swiftly secured against imminent
attack. The bolting system provides high resistance to bolt-end pressure from a crowbar or similar tool without the
use of a key operated deadlock.
The two 15mm stainless steel bolts with a throw of 70mm each. When thrown the bolts automatically provide
resistance to bolt end-pressure attack.

• Horizontal, surface mounted, two-point bolting


• 15mm stainless steel bolts
• 70mm bolt throw
• Swift security against a pending attack
• Automatic resistance to bolt end-pressure, without the need of a key

The supplied keeps are suitable for an outward opening door hung in a timber frame. A choice of fixings are
available to suit door material and construction (see Additional Features).

Finish - grey-white RAL 9002 leatherette powder coating co-ordinated with bright zinc plate.

Ordering code S-9844

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Barrier Bolt 03.16 page 140

Horizontal Two-point Bolting Device

Additional Features (optional):


The following options are available for this package and are specified by appending the option code/s to the
package code.

Code Description
M Electric monitoring of bolt status
W Machine screws with steel dowels
W 2
Surface fixing by coach screws
W3 Surface fixing by machine screws

Keeps included in this package:

Code Description
SC Outward-opening timber frame keep x 2 No.

Ordering Example:

S-9844-M Two-point horizontal bolting device with electric monitoring of bolt status (option M).

Surelock’s aspirations to provide customers with the correct solution to meet an ever expanding complexity of
operational requirements have once again proven to be successful. If you have a specific operational requirement,
no matter how complex, we are pleased to provide a solution.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Moorgate Lock Bolt 03.16 page 141

Moorgate Deadlock

Auto-locking Twin Hook Deadlock with Emergency Exit


The Moorgate lock is designed for securing sliding or hinged gates, doors and hatches. An inverted twin-hook
deadlocking device resisting gate lift-off. Upon closure the two metal hooks automatically engage and deadlock into
a heavy-duty protective keep. A choice of stainless steel or manganese steel hooks for higher attack protection are
available (refer to ordering codes below).
A choice of operation includes a lever handle to provide an emergency exit, or the addition of an outside key
lockable handle. Both sides can be key locked if an emergency exit is not required. The key locks the handle on the
side the cylinder is fitted.
Scandinavian oval cylinder types are used (Union as standard), with a choice of alternative cylinders from most
leading manufacturers (see Additional Features).

Typical information:
• Two 10mm thick steel hook bolts at 440mm centres,
with 45mm projection
• Inverted twin-hook to resist gate lift-off
• Automatic double hook deadlocking
• Robust all steel encased mechanism
• All steel double keep arrangement
• Supplied with a pair of lever handles to enable
operation on one or both sides
• Free exit as standard
• Key cylinder option on one or both sides

Finish - Zinc plated and passivated with stainless


steel handle(s)

Ordering code S
 -11120 (stainless hooks)
S-11120-001 (manganese hooks)

‘Moorgate’ inverted twin-hook


deadlocking device, with
choice of key or emergency exit
both sides.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Moorgate Lock Bolt 03.16 page 142

Auto-locking Twin Hook Deadlock with Emergency Exit

Additional Features (optional):


The following options are available for this package and are specified by appending the option code/s to the
package code.

Code Description
K Key retained in unlocked position
K 1
Inside key
K2 Outside key
O0 Cylinder - supplied by customer, free-issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O 1
Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O 2
Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O5 Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O 10
Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O 91
Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)

431

Ordering Example:

S-11120-KK2 Moorgate twin-hook deadlock with external key locking and key retained in the
unlocked position (options K & K2) and internal lever handle emergency exit.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Lodddon 03.16 page 143

Loddon - High Performance Rim Deadlock

Stainless Steel Auto Deadlocking


The Surelock McGill Loddon High Performance Deadlock with:
Stainless Steel construction
25 mm Bolt Throw
The security of key entry
Single-Pull Lever Action Exit
High level of physical security protection
LPCB SR 2 approval on selected doorsets
The Loddon is compatible with standard Rim Cylinders from
leading manufacturers. It is supplied with a keep for inward
opening doors and steel core fixings. The Loddon can usually
be retrofitted where Rim Locks need upgrading for added
protection. Our Technical Sales Department will provide advice on
compatibility.
Enhancement options and complete packages are available,
including the SMC1 Cylinder Housing Guard, a choice of selected
high security cylinders, plus bolt through sandwich fixing into an
external heavy duty Stainless Steel Escutcheon Plate. This significantly
Easy security upgrade for
increases the robustness and security of both new and existing doors.
Ingersoll SC71 & SC73
 Entry: key cylinder to release Night-Latches

 Exit: pull lever to retract bolt

Ordering Codes:
LD115 – Loddon High Performance Deadlock with provision for key entry, pull lever to exit
LD113 – As above with additional Bolt Hold-Back Snib and External Lock-down facility, preventing exit
SM17n – Loddon package with external cylinder protection, heavy duty escutcheon, provision for key entry and
pull lever to exit
SM17d – As above with additional Bolt Hold-Back Snib and External Lock-down facility, preventing exit
Note: Key Cylinders to be ordered separately

LD115 – Loddon High


Performance Deadlock SM17n & SM17d
Loddon packages

On selected doors

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Lodddon 03.16 page 144

Loddon - High Performance Rim Deadlock

The LD115 & LD113 Loddon high security key-entry rim deadlocks are supplied complete with inward opening
keep and steel core fixing (cylinder & keys to be ordered separately). The following enhancements are available
and are specified by appending the option code/s to the package code.

Additional Features (optional):


Code Description
N Electric monitoring of lock status
P 7
Ingersoll replacement cylinder housing guard (restricted choice of cylinders)
– Medeco m3-ARX (option ‘O5’)
– Kaba Quattro S (option ‘O10’)
– Abloy Protec 2 (option ‘O91’)
O1 Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O 2
Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O5 Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O 10
Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O 91
Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
W11 Sandwich plate through fixing arrangement

Ordering Example:

LD115-O5W11 Loddon high security key-entry rim deadlock, key entry and pull-lever free exit at all times,
complete with inward opening keep, Medeco m3-ARX rim cylinder (option ‘O5’)
and sandwich plate fixing arrangement(option ‘W11’).

SM17n & SM17d Loddon packages come complete with cylinder housing guard and sandwich plate through
fixing, simply requiring the choice of cylinder to be ordered separately by appending the appropriate cylinder
option code (as listed above).

Surelock’s aspirations to provide customers with the correct solution to meet an ever expanding complexity
of operational requirements have once again proven to be successful. If you have a specific operational
requirement, no matter how complex, we are pleased to provide a solution.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks SMC1 Cylinder Replacement Housing 03.16 page 145

SMC1 Cylinder Replacement Housing

Replacement Housing for a Straight Forward Simple Retro-fit


It has previously been difficult to replace the Ingersoll Rim Cylinder with
another type because of it’s unique footprint. The Surelock SMC1
addresses this problem making it easy to upgrade to a modern
high-security type. Using the SMC1 ensures:
 uick easy cylinder conversion to that of most
Q
leading manufacturers
Cylinder protection
 n attractive polished Stainless Steel finish to
A
the visible face
The SMC1 is a Cylinder Protection Housing that has
the same footprint and central tang arrangement as
the Ingersoll Rim Cylinder but which provides a secure,
protected mounting for KIK Cylinders from most leading
manufacturers such as:
the Abloy Protec2,
the Kaba Quattro S, or
the Medeco m3-ARX Direct replacement for an
‘Ingersoll SC1’ Cylinder
Ordering Codes:
SMC1 – Cylinder Replacement Housing
Note: Key Cylinders to be ordered separately
(refer to Surelock McGill ‘Enhancement’ codes for cylinder
variants), e.g.

Medeco m3-ARX Kaba Quattro S Abloy Protec2


– Code ‘05’ – Code ‘12’ – Code ‘91’

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Single-point 03.16 page 146

Single point
Ribble Lock

High Security Single-Point Deadlock


The Surelock Ribble lock provides a high level of anti-tamper protection against surreptitious breach. The lock has
a high security BS EN 1303 6-2, approved cylinder. Each cylinder has a new unique key differ and is provided
with two keys.

The key is retained in the unlocked position. This ensures that the lock is always thrown when the key is removed.
A cylinder guard is built in to provide resistance in the case of an attack. A micro switch enables electric monitoring of
the locked status.

The dual mounting footprint of the device conforms to both the UK, European and US fixing patterns for combination
locks. This means it is easy to retrofit in place of existing locks that conform to either standard such as the Mk4
Manifoil combination, the Mersey lever key, the Kaba Mas Auditcon and X09 electronic combination locks.

Specification:
• Dual mounting footprint, for retrofitting with UK,
European and US combination locks
• High security BS EN 1303 6-2 cylinder
• Key retained in the unlocked position
• A unique key differ for each lock
• Two keys provided for each lock
• Cylinder guard and packing provide for cylinder
projections between 17.5mm and 23.5mm
• Lock status monitoring provision Ribble lock with dual
mounting footprint

Ordering code: RL100

Packing to suit cylinder


projection between
17.5mm to 23.5mm

BS EN 1303 class 5 cylinder


Surelock cylinder guard with
rotating anti-drill disc

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Single-point 03.16 page 147

High Security Single-Point Deadlock

‘off-set Ribble’ - easy cupboard replacement for the Mersey lock


The ‘off-set Ribble’ provides effortless replacement to the Mersey lock. The cylinder is flush fitted into the lock
negating the need to replace any existing glass overlock plates. The bolt datum position remains the same as the
standard Ribble and the dual mounting footprint is retained.

Each lock is supplied with two Medeco m3-ARX extended keys, each to a new unique differ.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Single-point 03.16 page 148

Tamar Lock

High Security Single-Point Deadlock


The Surelock Tamar lock provides a high level of anti-tamper protection against surreptitious breach. The lock has
a high security BS EN 1303 6-2, approved cylinder. Each cylinder has a new unique key differ and is provided
with two keys.
This cylinder is protected by a heavy-duty manganese cylinder guard fitted with a 6mm cobalt spinning disc to protect
against drilling and the higher levels of attack. It is tested and approved to LPS 1175 Security Rating 5. A built-in
micro switch enables electric monitoring of the lock.
The dual mounting footprint of the device conforms to
both the UK, European US fixing patterns for combination
locks. This means it is easy to retrofit in place of an existing
combination lock.

Specification:
• Dual mounting footprint, for retro-fitting with UK,
European and US combination locks
• High security BS EN 1303 class 5 rim cylinder
• A unique key differ for each lock
• Two keys provided for each lock
• Heavy-duty cylinder guard to LPS 1175 Security Rating 5
• Lock status monitoring provision

Ordering code: TM100

Heavy-duty manganese
cylinder guard with
cobolt anti-drill disc

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Single-point 03.16 page 149

Fraser Bar

Single Point Emergency Exit Device


The Fraser Bar meets the latest European emergency exit requirements of BS EN 179: 2008.

Operation:
The emergency exit is activated by pushing the green push-pad in the direction of the arrow. This releases the
single bolt.
After activation the bolt is held in the retracted position and a red activation panel is displayed. A key is required to
re-set the Fraser Bar so the device complies with the requirements for high security (HS) devices with surreptitious
anti-tamper protection.

Monitoring:
A micro switch is fitted to provide electric monitoring of the bolt.

Fraser Bar, showing ‘red’


activation panel

Specification:
• 70mm by 10mm steel bolt with 50mm throw
• Independently type tested to BS EN 179: 1988
• Bolt secured in retracted position after activation, requiring key for re-setting
• Electric monitoring of bolt status
• Steel core fixing
• Supplied with a keep for an outward opening door hung in a timber frame Additional Features (optional):
• 
Keeps available for double doors, inward opening doors and steel frames Finish - grey-white RAL 9002 leatherette
powder coating co-ordinated with bright zinc plate.

Ordering code: EX500

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Medina 03.16 page 150

Medina – Combination Lock Entry, Free Exit

Modular High Security Locking


The Medina is non-handed and bi-directional. A catchment bridge
at the front of the lock secures the bolt into a unique gate that
encapsulates the receiver. A new progressive restraint within the
Medina ensures the bolt is held back when retracted throughout
its opening travel, giving trouble free operation and negates bolt
misfire. Additional bolt-on features are available to create your own
preferred lock functionality.
The Medina is manufactured from corrosion resistant materials to
provide both strength where required and lightness in weight. At
the same time providing protection from general industrial hostile
environments.
The Medina’s modern aesthetic design, proves equally suitable
for office or public environment. Reliability is ensured from
independent testing of both the panic and emergency exit devices,
to a minimum of 1 million cycles.
Entry:
 ombination lock (refer to Additional Features
C
for selection)
Exit:
 ingle action, lever handle emergency
S
escape
Single action, touch bar panic escape

Limitless Functionality:
The patented features of the Medina has rovision for a
secondary optional, access control deadlocking module to be added. This Standard Medina Lock
is to allow an alternative choice for day-time user access, with a further choice of key entry
override of the access control lock, in the event of power failure.
Forced two-user entry, dial tampering and audit control are just some of the features within the range of combination
locks available. At all times providing a single handed means of egress.
Further Medina features include a plug-and-go electronic monitoring of each deadlock and bolt positioning.
An anti-tamper break-glass with double over-lock to protect against the highest level of threat, also being available.

Keep & Strike


Examples:

MD-1 MD-2 MD-3 MD-9


Inward opening - mortice Outward opening Inward opening - face Outward opening
(single or double doors) (single door) (single or double doors) (double doors)

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Medina 03.16 page 151

Medina – Combination Lock Entry, Free Exit

Medina, high security combination lock entry devices are non-handed and bi-directional, with a selection of
enhancements available (as listed below) to suit individual requirements and are ordered by appending the
option code(s) to the product code.
Machine screw/steel core fixings are supplied as standard, suitable for both metal and timber doors. Keeps are
available to be ordered separately, for both single- and double-doors, inward- and outward-openings.

Product Codes:
MD135 – Medina lock with lever handle emergency exit
MD134 – Medina lock with touch-bar panic exit
MD135.S1 – Medina lock package with lever handle emergency exit, includes toughened break-glass &
re-locker, plus a transit S&G ‘Spartan’ combination lock (frame keep to be ordered separately)

Note: Order combination lock and frame keep by appending the appropriate option codes from the list below

Additional Features (optional):


Code Description

K17 Kaba Auditcon 552 electronic combination lock


K24 S&G 8560-UK01 3-wheel combination lock
K25 S&G 6731-UK01 4-wheel combination lock
K26 S&G 1007-UK01 Spartan electronic combination lock
K 27
S&G 2007-UK01 Titan electronic combination lock
N Lock status monitoring
Q10 Anti-tamper break-glass with double over-lock, protects against the higher levels of threat
R10 Access control entry (additional entry method for daytime users)

Ordering Example:
MD135-K25N Medina high security lock, with an S&G ‘6731-UK01’ 4-wheel mechanical combination lock
(option K25) and lock status monitoring (option ‘N’), internal emergency lever handle exit.

Note: Frame keeps to be ordered separately SEGDE PRAHS DNA SRRUB LLA EVOMER ;ETON
SEGDE PRAHS DNA SRRUB LLA EVOMER ;ETON SEGDE PRAHS DNA SRRUB LLA EVOMER ;ETON SEGDE PRAHS DNA SRRUB LLA EVOMER ;ETON

MD-1 MD-2 eltiT


MD-3
lairetaM etaD KSA TBUOD NI FI ,ELACS TON OD
MD-9
3-DM DJN .nwarD ton tsum dna laitnedifnoc si gniward siht ni deniatnoc noitamrofni ehT
6102/20/30
eltiT lairetaM etaD KSA TBUOD NI FI ,ELACS TON OD eltiT lairetaM etaD KSA TBUOD NI FI ,ELACS TON OD roirp tuohtiw lennosreP lliGcM kcoleruS naht rehto ot desolcsid eb eltiT lairetaM etaD KSA TBUOD NI FI ,ELACS TON OD
1-DM 2-DM .desaeleR .lliGcM kcoleruS morf tnesnoc nettirw

Inward opening - mortice Outward opening Inward opening - face Outward opening
6102/20/30 DJN .nwarD ton tsum dna laitnedifnoc si gniward siht ni deniatnoc noitamrofni ehT tnemtaerT ton tsum dna laitnedifnoc si gniward siht ni deniatnoc noitamrofni ehT
DJN .nwarD ton tsum dna laitnedifnoc si gniward siht ni deniatnoc noitamrofni ehT .oN gniwarD 6102/20/30 DJN .nwarD
roirp tuohtiw lennosreP lliGcM kcoleruS naht rehto ot desolcsid eb 6102/20/30 .SSI .elacS 8888 SB ees .cte slobmys ,seton ,snoisnemid fo noitanalpxe roF roirp tuohtiw lennosreP lliGcM kcoleruS naht rehto ot desolcsid eb
.desaeleR .lliGcM kcoleruS morf tnesnoc nettirw roirp tuohtiw lennosreP lliGcM kcoleruS naht rehto ot desolcsid eb YQ2 14GR .erihskreB ,mahgnikoW ,enaL sralliM ylloM ,ertneC ssenisuB ehT 62
.lliGcM kcoleruS morf 6tn1e0s2n/2o0c/n
30ettirw1
:detats esiwrehto sselnu secnareloT .mm ni snoisnemiD .desaeleR .lliGcM kcoleruS morf tnesnoc nettirw
.SSI 1
tnemtaerT .desaeleR .no desU 3191779 )8110( :elimiscaF 5252779 )8110( :enohpeleT tnemtaerT
.SSI .oN gniwarD 8888 SB ees .cte slobmys ,seton ,snoisnemid fo noitanalpxe roF tnemtaerT oN NC ETAD 0-/1.0+ seloH 5.0 ralugnA 1.0 XX.X 2.0 X.X 5.0 lareneG .SSI .oN gniwarD
.elacS .oN gniwarD .elacS 8888 SB ees .cte slobmys ,seton ,snoisnemid fo noitanalpxe roF
6102/20/30 1 :detats esiwrehto sselnu secnareloT .mm ni snoisnemiD YQ2 1.4S
GSRI .erihskreB ,mahgnikoW ,enaL sralliM ylloM ,ertneC ssenisuB ehT 62 .elacS 8888 SB ees .cte slobmys ,seton ,snoisnemid fo noitanalpxe roF
oN NC ETAD .SSI 1 .no desU 0-/1.0+ seloH 5.0 ralugnA 1.0 XX.X 2.0 X.X 56 .0102
la/r2e0n/e3G0 1
1 3191779 )8110( :elimiscaF 5252779 )8110( :enohpeleT :detats esiwrehto sselnu secnareloT .mm ni snoisnemiD YQ2 14GR .erihskreB ,mahgnikoW ,enaL sralliM ylloM ,ertneC ssenisuB ehT 62
3191779 )8110( :elimiscaF 5252779 )8110( :enohpeleT oN NC
6102/20/30
ETAD
1
.SSI 1 .no desU
:detats esiwrehto sselnu secnareloT .mm ni snoisnemiD
0-/1.0+ seloH 5.0 ralugnA 1.0 XX.X 2.0 X.X 5.0 lareneG
YQ2 14GR .erihskreB ,mahgnikoW ,enaL sralliM ylloM ,ertneC ssenisuB ehT 62
3191779 )8110( :elimiscaF 5252779 )8110( :enohpeleT
oN NC ETAD .SSI .no desU 0-/1.0+ seloH 5.0 ralugnA 1.0 XX.X 2.0 X.X 5.0 lareneG

(single or double doors) (single door) (single or double doors) (double doors)

For fitting, servicing and/or changing combination locks contact 247 National on 0800 0699 247

Surelock’s aspirations to provide customers with the correct solution to meet an ever expanding complexity
of operational requirements have once again proven to be successful. If you have a specific operational
requirement, no matter how complex, we are pleased to provide a solution.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Single-point 03.16 page 152

AC850 Motorised Lock

Intelligent Remote Locking


The AC850 is a high security, heavy duty motorised lock, providing controlled release together with a selection
of operating modes to suit individual building applications. This lock can be integrated with most access control
systems to provide the required level of authorisation, remote release and emergency exit.

Specification:
• Surface mounted
• Automatic deadlocking upon door closure
• 25mm x 19mm hardened steel bolt x 25mm throw
• End thrust loading over 7 times BS 3621
• Lock status monitoring
• 24V D.C. rated motor, 180Ncm torque and 4W nominal power
consumption
• Supplied complete with steel core fixing
Each lock is supplied with a controller, programmed to provide the lock
functionality. This includes tamper monitoring, bolt and deadlock status,
timing of operations etc.
A selection of enhancements is available (see Additional Features). AC850 motorised lock, left hand,
There is also a choice of keeps, which need to be ordered separately. outward opening shown

Finish - grey-white RAL 9002 leatherette powder coating


coordinated with bright zinc plate.

Ordering code: AC850

Note: If the locks are to be incorporated within a larger building


management system and the controller is not required, please
contact our technical department for any technical support.

Illustration showing emergency


exithandle arrangement (option X)

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Single-point 03.16 page 153

AC850 - Intelligent Remote Locking

Additional Features (optional):


The following options are available for this package and are specified by appending the option code/s to the
package code.

Code Description
K1 Internal cylinder (keyed alike to external cylinder -if selected)
K 4
Internal turnknob release with break dome protection
K 9
Internal turnknob release
K13 External key access; unprotected rim latch style cylinder - (Union as standard)
O 0
Cylinder - supplied by customer, free-issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O 1
Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O 2
Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O5 Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O 10
Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O 91
Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
P Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 3 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
W 2
Coach screw fixing
X One handed means of exit by lever handle meeting BSEN 179: 2008

A selection of keeps are available to suit door opening direction, frame material and detail, these need to be
ordered separately, as follows:

Code Description
SA.850 Metal frame, inward opening
SA1.850 Timber/Metal double door, inward/outward opening
SB.850 Metal frame, outward opening
SB.850 Timber frame, outward opening
SB.850 Timber frame, inward opening

Ordering Example:

AC850-04-K13O5PX Motorised AC850 lock with external key and lever handle entry (option K13), a registered
Medeco m3-ARX cylinder in case of power failure (option O5), protected by a cylinder guard to
LPS 1175 security rating 3 (option P) and emergency exit provision (option X).

SC.850 Keep to suit an outward opening door hung in a timber frame.

Handing chart
Note: The handing and orientation code ‘04’ refers to a
‘right hand’, outward opening door.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Single-point 03.16 page 154

AC900 Motorised Lock

Intelligent Remote Locking


The AC900 is a high security, heavy duty motorised lock, providing controlled release together with a selection of
operating modes to suit prevailing requirements and procedures. This lock can be integrated with most access
control systems to provide the required level of authorisation, remote release and emergency exit.
Specification:
• Face or forend, door or frame mounting
• Programmable choice of resecurement upon door closure
• 40mm x 20mm stainless steel bolt x 32mm throw, with antifriction
roller (siege protection)
• Anti-siege facility built-in
• Lock status monitoring
• 24V D.C. rated motor, 1,400Ncm torque motor, 22W nominal power
consumption
Each lock is supplied with a controller, programmed to provide the lock
functionality. This includes tamper monitoring, bolt and deadlock status,
timing of operations etc.
A selection of enhancements is available (see Additional Features).
There is also a choice of keeps, which need to be ordered separately.
Finish - painted black hammer
AC900 motorised lock

Ordering codes

AC914 Surface fitting


AC924 Forend fitting

Note: If the locks are to be incorporated within a larger building


management system and the controller is not required, please
contact our technical department for any technical support.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Single-point 03.16 page 155

AC900 - Intelligent Remote Locking

Additional Features (optional):


The following options are available for this package and are specified by appending the option code/s to the
package code.

Code Description
K 3
Internal cylinder (Union as standard)
K 4
Internal turnknob release with break dome protection
K 10
External key access; no handle required; unprotected rim latch style cylinder, in case of
power failure (Union as standard)
K11 Key access both sides; no handle required, in case of power failure - (Union as standard)
M 5
Door position sensor
O 0
Cylinder - supplied by customer, free-issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O 1
Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O 2
Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O 5
Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O 10
Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O 91
Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
P Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 3 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
P5 Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 4 protection for door thickness 42- 60mm
P6 Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 3 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
W Steel core fixing
W3 Machine screw fixing
X One handed means of exit by lever handle meeting BSEN 179: 2008

A selection of keeps are available to suit door opening direction, frame material and detail, these need to be
ordered separately, as follows:

Code Description
S-9955 Socket keep for surface mounting on inward opening doors hung in a steel frame R/H
S-9955-0001 Socket keep for surface mounting on inward opening doors hung in a steel frame L/H
S-9955-0002 Socket keep for surface mounting on outward opening doors, or when forend fitted

Ordering Example:

AC914-04-K10O5P6X Motorised AC900 lock, surface mounting, external key provision in case of power failure
(option K10), a registered Medeco m3-ARX cylinder (option O5), protected by a cylinder guard
to LPS 1175 security rating 5 (option P6) and emergency exit provision (option X).

S9955-0002 Keep to suit a surface mounted installation on an outward opening door, hung in a
timber frame.
Handing chart
Note: The handing and orientation code ‘04’ refers to a
‘right hand’, outward opening door.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
‘Purbrook’ Safe-Exit Deadlock 03.16 page 156

PURBROOK

Heavy-Duty, High Security Single-Point Locking Range


For use on doors and gates, the unique modular design of the
Purbrook offers a wide range of operations and combinations
including Solenoid Deadlocking for Access Control, Key Release,
and Emergency Exit Options.
The module is self-handing and bi-directional. Internal operation of
the door can be set to either a Single Action Escape Function or a
Controlled Deadlock Release. This selection is simple, quick and can
be carried out at installation. It obviates the need for a new lock if a
change of operation is required.
Full Stainless Steel construction for corrosion resistance.
Optional extras are available to further enhance your
installation.
The Purbrook provides a 40mm bolt throw which
automatically
secures upon door/gate closure. The specially designed
restraining Trigger Snib is adjustable on-site allowing for greater
tolerances between gate and frame during installation. Combine
any of the following Purbrook Exit and Entry methods to provide the
correct choice of operation to suit your needs.

Entry Via:

0 Not required
1  Key & Lever Handle
Retrofit replacement for
Ingersoll SC71 & SC73
2  ccess Control & Lever Handle,
A Night-latches
with optional Key Override Facility
(in the case of power failure)
Exit Via:

0  No exit required
1  Key & Lever Handle
2  Access Control &
Lever Handle
3 Internal Thumbturn
& Lever Handle, with
optional Breakdome protection
over Thumbturn
5  ingle Action Escape, via Lever
S
Handle, Push Pad, Anti-fishing
‘Boomerang’ Handle

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
‘Purbrook’ Safe-Exit Deadlock 03.16 page 157

PURBROOK

Heavy-Duty, High Security Single-Point Locking Range


Optional Enhancements:

Electric monitoring of bolt (M) and Lock Status (N), plus a ‘Request to Exit’ Microswitch (M3)
Internal Handle Protection Shroud for ‘Anti-fishing’ resistance (H22)
Choice of Strike Plates, keeps and fixings – see ‘receivers and fixings’
 ull range of Cylinders from most manufactures complete with Cylinder Protection Guards, tested and approved
F
up to LPCB SR 6 on selected doorsets – P=SR3, P5=SR4, P6=SR5 & SR6
 lectric Lock Release Versions: 12V energise to unlock (fail secure) Solenoid, continuously rated, as standard
E
(other voltages available)
Purbrook Anti-Drill Plate- LPS 1175 Security Rating 6

Ordering Codes:

Entry and exit operational choices are easy to define, with self-creating ordering codes in-line with the latest Surelock
coding system, as follows:
’PB1(nn)’ 
‘PB’ for a ‘PURBROOK’ deadlock, ‘1’ for Single-Point securing, ‘(0-2)’ for the choice of entry and (0-5)
for the exit codes

ENTRY EXIT

No Entry Key Driven Electric Combination No Exit Key Driven Electric Turnknob Emergency
release Lock Release Release Exit
Code 0 1 2 3 Code 0 1 2 3 5

Ordering Example:
PB115-00-H3O5P6 ‘PURBROOK’ Single-Point deadlock with external Key Entry, a registered Medeco m3-ARX
cylinder (option O5) protected by a High Security Cylinder Guard (option P6) and an internal
Push Pad Emergency Exit Release (option H3)

Purbrook Anti-Drill Plates Ordering Codes:

P
 BAD-P – Purbrook Anti-Drill for use with Surelock McGill P5 or P6 Cylinder Guards
P
 BAD-G – Purbrook Anti-Drill for use with Surelock McGill GS/GM Modular Cylinder Guards

Note: The Purbrook Anti-Drill Plate should be used in conjunction with the
Surelock McGill P5, P6, GS4 or GM4 Cylinder Guards.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Single-point 03.16 page 158

EX700 Range of Panic & Emergency Exit Latches

Heavy Duty Single-Point Latch


The Surelock EX700 range of latches provide an effective solution for automatic securing of heavy-duty
industrial doors.
The latch comprises a 15mm square steel latch bolt with a 19mm throw and is housed in a 3mm steel case.
The operation of the handle is smoothly converted into bolt movement by an internal rack and pinion mechanism
that provides for long life and durability. Latch release is provided by a stainless steel lever handle on the inside of
the door.
Enhancements include external key entry using a rim-latch cylinder, or a LEO (Lock with Emergency Override).
The latch has been subjected to over one million cycles of in-house testing.
Supplied with a strike plate for an outward opening door, plus fixings for both
metal and timber doors.

Specification:
• Single handed entry
• All steel construction
• 15mm square steel latch bolt
• Rack and pinion mechanism
• Tested to over one million cycles
• Stainless steel strike plate for an outward opening door EX701

Popular enhancements include:


• Choice of external key entry facilities
• Choice of cylinders from leading manufacturers, or
customers own supply
• Cylinder protection
• Push pad; or lever handle to BS EN 179: 2008 CE marked
• Panic bar to BS EN 1125: 2008 CE marked
• Stainless steel for hostile environments
• Mortice fitting variants available
• Choice of keeps available

Finish - grey-white RAL 9002 leatherette powder EX701-S


coating co-ordinated with bright zinc plate.

Ordering code:
EX701 = Lever handle exit to BS EN 179:2008
EX702 = Panic bar exit to BS EN 1125:2008

Panic bar as supplied with the EX702 painted mild steel device

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Single-point 03.16 page 159

Heavy Duty Single-Point Latch

Additional Features (optional):


The following options are available for this package and are specified by appending the option code/s to the
package code.

Code Description
H 3
Push pad in place of internal lever handle; BS EN 179:2008 type tested
K 10
External key access; no handle required; unprotected rim latch style cylinder (Union as standard)
L LEO (external lockable handle), surface mounted
L1
Recessed LEO (flush fitting) - tested to LPS 1175 security rating 3 protection
O 0
Cylinder - supplied by customer, free-issue (approved types and factory fitted only)
O 1
Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O 2
Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O 5
Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O 10
Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O 91
Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)
P Cylinder guard LPS 1175 security rating 3 protection for door thickness 42 - 60mm
S Stainless steel , polished
W Steel core fixing
W3 Machine screw fixing

Ordering Example:

EX701-04-K10O5 Single-point heavy-duty latch with emergency exit, external key release (option K10) with a
registered Medeco m3-ARX cylinder (option O5), complete with an outward opening stainless
steel keep plate.

Handing chart
Note: The handing and orientation code ‘04’ refers to a
‘right hand’, outward opening door.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Custom Locks Single-point 03.16 page 160

Chubb 3R35-Euro

3R35-EuroX,
showing emergency
exit follower
The euro-profile mortise night-
latch case is specifically designed
to accept industry standard euro-
profile cylinders.
A quick solution to tidy up all
key suiting problems, as you
now have the ability to use own
standard secure key section.
We have also produced the
Euro X version which provides
emergency exit at all times.
• Accepts industry standard
cylinder
• Ability to use own secure
key section
• Version to meet an emergency
exit at all times.

Ordering codes:
3R35-Euro
Non-emergency exit
3R35X-Euro
Emergency exit follower

ASSESSED TO ISO 9OO1:2008


CERTIFICATE NO. 516
Assessed to ISO9001:2000
Certificate No. 516-1

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products 03.16 page 161

Ancillary Products
Our success is underpinned by the continual development of high quality ancillary products
to complement the range of locking and bolting systems, for example special security hinges
and hinge bolts to strengthen the hinged side of the door. Other products include:
Barrel and Tower Bolts to strengthen the passive leaf of a double doorset, or of a
removable overhead plant access panel.
Cylinder Guards that protect most types of cylinder against physical attack. Advanced anti
drilling features provide exceptional security.
Sash Window Locks to secure large windows (over 2 metres tall) where reach makes
securing the window problematic. English Heritage approval has been granted on selected
buildings in the UK due, in part, to device compliance with building aesthetics.
Anti-Ligature Door Furniture to meet the requirements of mental health secure units
which includes minimising the risk of patient self-inflicted harm.
Door Vision Panels with security, blast and ballistic accreditation. These can be used to
provide compliance with the requirements of the Disability Discrimination Act (DDA).
Accessories such as:
• Realigning and resetting kit for Manifoil Mk4 combination locks.
• T
 he reusable secure keyrings that prevent unauthorised key removal. These are used
by the majority of UK prisons and secure holding establishments.
• B
 last protection panels that absorb and displace the energy produced by a close

Products
Ancillary
contact explosive charge.
• Ventilation Louvres typically for Server and Plant Rooms.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
In accordance with our policy of continued development and improvement we reserve the right to make changes in design and specifications without notice.
Ancillary Products 03.16 page 162

Ancillary Products

Barrel bolts 163


Hinges 165
Hinge bolts 167
Cylinder Guards & Conversion Housings 168
LEO (Lock with Emergency Override) 171
Anti-ligature door furniture 173
Window locks 175
Padlocks 177
Key rings 179
Manifoil Mk4 realigning and resetting tool kit 180
Vision panels 181
Blast displacement panels 183
ModusecSM secure rooms 184
Ventilation Louvres 188
Key Cabinets & Safes 202

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Barrel Bolts 03.16 page 163

Barrel Bolts

Heavy-duty barrel bolting


Surelock McGill barrel bolts provide a selection of heavy duty bolts that serve a wide range of applications. The
range includes models that have been tested and approved using tools specified in the test standards of the
commercial test standards of LPS 1175 doorsets. The range features:
• Strong robust, all steel construction
• Wide range of keeps
• Vertical or horizontal fitting SA

Optional enhancements are available that extend


the applicability of the bolts, for example:
• Electrical monitoring
16mm Barrel Bolt ‘TB’
• Operating extensions for out-of-reach locations
SC
• A range of keeps and fixings

12mm Barrel Bolt with 25mm throw


Ordering code: TD

16mm Barrel Bolt with 25mm throw SD

Ordering code: TB

19mm Barrel Bolt with 32mm throw


Ordering code: TC

SF

‘Steel Core Fixing: A steel inserted with threaded holes inserted


into the core of a door provide a strong, secure fixing

16mm Barrel Bolt 1M


extension ‘TB-E’

Nominal Barrel bolt dimensions (mm)


Ordering Code A B C D
TD 12 25 150 40
TB 16 25 252 62
TC 19 32 252 62

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Barrel Bolts 03.16 page 164

Heavy-duty barrel bolting

Additional Features (optional):


The following options are available for ‘Barrel Bolts’ and are specified by appending the option codes to the package code.
12mm Barrel Bolt ‘TD’
Code Description
W Steel core fixing (2 double cores plus 2 coach screws)
W2 Coach screw fixing
W 3
Machine screw fixing

Keeps
SA.12 Guide bracket/keep & base plate
SC.12 Outward opening keep
SD.12 Inward opening keep
SF.12 Dust-free floor keep

16mm Barrel Bolt ‘TB’


Code Description
E 1,000mm extension arrangement; for additional increments state E(n) where (n) = number of additional 1,000mm increments
F Padlock facility (padlock not included)
W Steel core fixing (2 double cores plus 2 coach screws)
W2 Coach screw fixing
W3 Machine screw fixing

Keeps
SA Guide bracket/keep & base plate
SC Outward opening keep
SD Inward opening keep
SF Dust-free floor keep

19mm Barrel Bolt ‘TC’


Code Description
E 1,000mm extension arrangement; for additional increments state E(n) where (n) = number of additional 1,000mm increments
F Padlock facility (padlock not included)
W Steel core fixing (2 double cores plus 2 coach screws)
W 2
Coach screw fixing
W 3
Machine screw fixing

Keeps
SA.19 Guide bracket/keep & base plate
SC.19 Outward opening keep
SD.19 Inward opening keep
SF.19 Dust-free floor keep

Ordering Example:
TB-EW 16mm Barrel bolt with 1 metre extension (option E) and steel core fixing (option W).
SF Dust-free floor keep

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Hinges 03.16 page 165

Hinges

Five-knuckle Security Hinges


These hinges have the strength to support heavy security door leaves and have the durability to withstand a
lifetime of constant use.
The hinge design with liner bearings within and thrust bearings between each knuckle provides ease of use,
durability and maintenance free operation.
Each hinge is welded top and bottom to provide a strong tamper-resistant construction and fitted with a stainless
steel centre pin, sealed within the body of the hinge.

Technical information:
• Strength to support heavy loading
• Robust to withstand a long life of heavy use
• Stainless steel centre pin
• Sealed top and bottom knuckles
• Bearings within and between each knuckle

Finish:
Mild steel hinges are supplied with a black primed finish.
Special paint finishes, or stainless steel hinges should be
considered for extreme, or saline conditions.

Ordering codes:
S2HA6 100mm security hinge
S2HA7 146mm security hinge
S2HA8 210mm security hinge

Nominal Hinge dimensions (mm)


Hinge Code A B C D Centre Fixing
Pin Dia. Screw Dia
HA6 8 19 100 99 9.5 6
HA7 10 22.2 146 102.2 12.5 6
HA8 12 32 210 132 19 10

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Hinges 03.16 page 166

Five-Knuckle Security Hinges

Technical Information
The following chart is a guide for maximum door sizes and weights and a door height of 2.2 metres using three
hinges equally spaced.

Surelock Hinge loading Chart

Refer to Surelock McGill technical department

Use HA8 hinges

Use HA7 hinges

Use HA6 hinges

Fixings are not supplied with hinges and need to be selected for suitability of door and
frame material, construction and loadings.

Please refer to our technical department for any further assistance.


+44 (0) 118 977 2525

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Hinge Bolts 03.16 page 167

Hinge Bolts

Added Security to the Hinged Side


Hinge Bolts provide the necessary attack protection to the hinged side of a door, with hinges often sacrificial in
the case of attack. Outward opening doors in particular are often vulnerable on the hinged side, as the hinges are
clearly visible to a would be attacker.
The hinge bolt pin is fitted into the edge of the door, projecting out on the hinged side ready to be received into a
keep in the frame as the door reaches its closed position.

Medium-duty hinge bolt


A good medium security hinge (dog) bolt with 5mm thick
steel keep plate recessed into the frame.
Technical information:
• 15mm hardened steel bolt with 25mm projection
• 5mm thick steel keep plate
Ordering code: SG Surelock medium-security
hinge bolt ‘SG’

Heavy-duty hinge bolt


A heavy-duty hinge (dog) bolt, with a complimentary
steel keep fitted into the frame, rear fixed through the
thickest section of the frame.
(UK patent number 2200677).
Technical information:
• 15mm hardened steel bolt with 25mm projection
• 10mm thick steel keep
• Rear fixed.
Ordering code: S-8375-0005

Surelock high-security
hinge bolt ‘S-8375-0005’

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Cylinder Guards 03.16 page 168

Cylinder Guards

Protection for Cylinders


Surelock McGill cylinder guards protect cylinders against high levels of attack aimed at the forced removal and
drilling of the cylinder. This increases the physical security of almost all types of cylinder and lock configuration.

The cylinder guards are applicable to cylinders from most leading manufacturers whether the lock in which the
cylinder is fitted is surface mounted or morticed into the door. They protect against physical attack, drilling and
forced rotation of the cylinder and are tested using tools specified in the test standards of the commercial test
standards of LPS 1175.

Rim-Latch Cylinder Guards


 tainless steel round body and a rotating anti-
S
drilling disc, tested on security doors to LPS 1175
Security Rating 3.
Ordering code: S-10167 (enhancement code P)

 nti-drill front nose section with stainless steel body


A
Rim latch cylinder guards
and a rotating anti-drilling disc, tested on security S-10167 (option code P)
doors to LPS 1175 Security Rating 4. S-10388 (option code P5)
Ordering code: S-10388 (enhancement code P5)

 nti-drill front oval nose section with stainless steel


A
body and a rotating anti-drilling disc, tested on
security doors to LPS 1175 Security Rating 5.
Ordering code: S-11136 (enhancement code P6)

Euro-Profile Cylinder Guards


Stainless steel round body and a rotating anti-drilling disc.
Rim latch cylinder guard:
A selection of shims compensate for variations of cylinder S-11136 (option code P6)
projections and twin bolt through fixing.
Ordering code: S-10261 (enhancement code P4)

Euro-profile cylinder guard:


S-10261 (code P4)

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Cylinder Guards 03.16 page 169

Protection for Cylinders

‘Challenger’ Euro-profile Cylinder Guard


Retro-fits to most Euro-profile locks
The ‘Challenger’ polished stainless steel cylinder guard is fitted with a rotating anti-drilling spinning disc, to provide
protection for Euro-profile style cylinders.
The fixing screw positions are suited to locks with the conventional two fixing holes at 38mm centres, providing
through bolt fixing for maximum strength and impeding forced removal.
The guard is supplied with a selection of stainless steel shims to allow for up to 5mm variation in cylinder
projection of between 10-15mm; further shims are available if required.
Ordering code: S-10931-O(n)
Note: The anti-drilling disc is matched to the make and cylinder model, please append the Surelock cylinder
option code O(n) to the ordering code (refer to Surelock ‘Enhancements’ for cylinder codes).

‘Challenger’ Euro-profile cylinder


guard with through bolt fixing

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Cylinder Guards 03.16 page 170

Ingersoll SC1 Cylinder Replacement Kit

Surelock McGill replacement kit meets customers request for a straight


forward simple retro-fit.
The Ingersoll SC1 cylinder has a footprint that normally makes its replacement with another cylinder make
particularly problematic. Now there is the perfect solution for upgrading to a new modern high security cylinder,
including the:
• Abloy Protec 2 • Kaba quattro pluS = code ‘12’ • Medeco m3-ARX
The Conversion kit directly replaces the SC1 cylinder using the same fixing footprint and central tang arrangement,
making the upgrade and tang alignment quick and simple…
The module consists of an engineered housing which accepts a replacement KIK cylinder from most leading
manufacturers, that:
• Makes the conversion a quick and easy direct replacement
• Provides security protection for the new chosen cylinder
• Enhances the installation with an attractive highly polished stainless steel finish to the visible face

Medeco m3-ARX = code ‘05’

Kaba quattro pluS = code ‘12’

Direct replacement for an


‘Ingersoll SC1’ cylinder

Abloy Protec 2 = code ‘91’

Ordering codes
S-11552 without cylinder & keys (customer own supply)
S-11552-(nn) complete with cylinder and two keys
S-11552-(nn)-0001 complete with cylinder but no keys
(nn) = cylinder manufacturer variant code (refer to Surelock McGill ‘Enhancement’ codes)

ASSESSED TO ISO 9OO1:2008


CERTIFICATE NO. 516
Assessed to ISO9001:2000
Certificate No. 516-1

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Lockable Handles 03.16 page 171

Entry Locks for Panic and Emergency Exits

LEO (Lock with Emergency Override)


The Surelock McGill range comprise lockable handles that provide key entry provision for doors fitted with Surelock
panic and emergency exit devices. The internal panic bar, emergency exit lever handle or push pad will override the
locked handle and release the bolting device.
The range includes LEO’s that can be surface mounted and, for higher security, LEO’s that can be recessed into
the door. The more recent designs incorporate a Euro-profile cylinder, this enables cylinder change-over to be made
between different makes of cylinders.
Cylinder protection, tested by LPCB to meet the requirements of
LPS 1175 are incorporated on certain types of LEO.
LEO’s can be used in conjunction with Surelock devices that meet the
following criteria:
S-8718 Surface mounted
BS EN 1125: 2008 Panic exit LEO, option L
BS EN 179: 2008 Emergency exit

Surface Mounted LEO’s


These are face fixed to the door and have a chrome plated bronze body,
with stainless steel internal components and lever handle.

Recessed LEO’s
These are let into the face of the door, protecting the fixings from attack,
having a stainless steel body, internal components and
lever handle.
S-8719 Recessed LEO,
Fixings option L1
Creating a sandwich type construction (as shown on the next page),
adding to the structure and overall strength of the door.

Cylinders
Cylinders from most leading manufacturers can be accommodated with
a 5-pin (Union) cylinder fitted as standard, unless otherwise specified.

Cylinder Protection
Fitted with a cylinder guard and an anti-drilling disk, when indicated.

Ordering codes:
S-8718 Surface LEO (option L)
S-8719 Recessed LEO (option L1)
S-10661 Recessed LEO, cylinder protected (option L2)
S-11330 Surface LEO, Euro-profile cylinder (option L3)
S-11335 Recessed LEO, Euro-profile cylinder (option L4)
S-11340 Recessed LEO, Euro-profile cylinder, protected (option L5) S-10661 Recessed LEO,
cylinder protected, option L2

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Lockable Handles 03.16 page 172

LEO (Lock with Emergency Override)

Technical Information:
The following options are available for LEO’s and are specified by appending the option code/s to the
package code:-

Code Description
K Key retained in the unlocked position
N Electric monitoring of the lock status
O 0
Cylinder - supplied by customer, free-issue (approved types and only)
O1 Cylinder - Kaba-20 (registered)
O2 Cylinder - Assa Twin Combi 5800 (registered)
O 5
Cylinder - Medeco m3-ARX (registered)
O9 Cylinder - Abloy Disklock Pro cylinder (registered, gold level)
O10 Cylinder - Kaba quattro pluS (registered)
O91 Cylinder - Abloy Protec (registered, diamond level)

Ordering Example:

S-10661-04-NO5 Recessed LEO fitted with a registered Medeco m3-ARX cylinder (option O5), electric
monitoring of the lock status (option N) and with cylinder protection to LPS 1175 Security
Rating 4.

Handing Chart

Note: The handing and orientation code ‘04’


refers to a ‘right hand’, outward opening door.

S-11330 Surface mounted LEO,


Euro-profile cylinder (option L3) Recessed LEO general assembly

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Anti-Ligature 03.16 page 173

Anti-Ligature Locks and Door Furniture

Patient Care and Protection


The Surelock McGill Anti-ligature range of products has been specifically designed for use in mental and secure
health establishments in order to address the problems of patient self-harm and privacy.

Room Privacy Latch


Product code: AN502

Features
• Contemporary Anti-ligature Lever Handle
• Automatic night latch
• Staff master key override, optional
• Controlled latch disable facility, optional
• Anti-tamper fixing
• Anodised aluminium body with stainless steel handle

Benefits
• Reduces risk of client self-harm and barricade
• Automatic latching on closure
• Flexibility to enable/disable choice, based on
individual needs

WC Privacy Bolt
Product code: AN504

Features
• Contemporary Anti-ligature Lever Handle
• External staff override operable by
removable T-Key
• Visual engaged or vacant indicator
• Anti-tamper fixing
• Anodised aluminium body with handle

Benefits
• Reduces risk of client self-harm
• Instant identification of WC status
• Allows client privacy while maintaining safety

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Anti-Ligature 03.16 page 174

Patient Care and Protection

Guarded Pull Handle


Product code: AN505

Features
• Contemporary Anti-ligature Pull Handle
• Back-to-back fixing available
• Can be used in conjunction with ‘Sunken Pull
Handle’ to provide leverage advantage
• Can be used with other Anti-ligature Latches
and Thumbturns

Benefits
• Reduces risk of client self-harm and barricade
Clutch Turn Knob
• Anodised aluminium

Sunken Pull Handle


Product code: AN506

Features
• Contemporary Anti-ligature Pull Handle
• Back-to-back fixing available
• Can be used in conjunction with ‘Guarded Pull
Handle’ to reduce leverage advantage

Benefits
• Reduces risk of client self-harm and barricade
• Anodised aluminium

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Window Locks 03.16 page 175

AN100 Sash Window Bolt

Polished Brass, Toggle Operated, Bolting Device


An attractive English Heritage approved high security, solid brass and stainless steel construction,
Sash Window Bolt. Designed specifically for the higher security requirement of Government buildings,
Embassies and similar establishments.

A well engineered, reliable and durable Sash Window Bolt especially suitable for tall or difficult to reach
windows, adding strength and security, greatly enhancing the ability to withstand sustained force, attack or abuse.

The AN100 Sash Window Bolt incorporates a generically designed toggle action lever handle with an integral
dual detent for positive bolt action.

The toggle operated AN100 Sash Window Alternative fixing arrangements


Bolt has a 10mm diameter stainless steel
bolt x 12mm throw and is the result of the
requirement for an aesthetically pleasing,
highly polished brass security device.

• Attractively finished, highly polished and


lacquered brass
• 10mm diameter x 12mm throw stainless
steel bolt
• Suitable for varying sash heights, up to 2M
• Non-handed
• Toggle operated with sprung detent
• Mounting for concealed window styles
included
• Available for sash window thickness of
40mm, 50mm or 60mm

Alternative fixing arrangements for flush and


projecting sash window/reveal overlaps and Bolt receiving sockets
a choice of bolt receiving sockets suitable
for off-set and face mounting are supplied as
standard with all devices.

Ordering codes:
AN100-1 Sash thickness 40mm
AN100-2 Sash thickness 50mm
AN100-3 Sash thickness 60mm

AN100 Sash
Ordering Example:
Window Bolt
AN100-2 Sash thickness 50mm

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Window Locks 03.16 page 176

AN200 Casement Window Lock

Two-point lockable, handle operated, polished brass device


An attractive heavy duty two point steel mechanism with solid polished brass extension bolts, guides, cover
and ‘Georgian’ style lever handle, for internal operation only. Designed for surface mounting and inclusive of an
internal key operated deadlock.

An English Heritage approved high security Casement Window Lock. Designed and manufactured
specifically for the higher security requirement of Government buildings, Embassies and similar establishments.

A well engineered, reliable and durable Casement Window Lock, supplied for ballistic and blast resistant
windows, adding strength and security, greatly enhancing the ability to withstand sustained force, attack or abuse.

The AN200 Casement Window Lock is the result of Available Options


SURELOCK excellence in design and manufacture. It
Electrical monitoring -
is a heavy duty two point steel mechanism with 15mm
Option ‘N’
diameter solid brass bolts x 25mm throw.
An internal
Attractively finished, highly polished and lacquered microswitch
brass, it is lever handle operated on the inside only monitors the lock
and deadlocked by an internal cylinder (five pin non- status which can
registered as standard) with brass plated wood screws be linked to an
for surface mounting and sockets to suit an outward alarm system
opening window are all supplied as standard. enhancing the
• Two-point manual bolting with integral deadlock security level of any building.
• suitable for window heights up to 2300mm
(extensions available for higher windows)
Steel core fixing - Option ‘W’
• attractively finished, highly polished and
A superior method of fixing for
lacquered brass
timber core windows. Steel
• 15mm diameter x 25mm throw solid brass bolts dowels with pre-tapped holes
• Non-handed are inserted into the core of the
window to accept the fixing bolts,
Ordering code: AN200 requiring great force to separate
the device from the window.
Additional options:
Electrical monitoring N
Steel core fixing W

Ordering Example:
AN200-NW Two-point Casement window
lock, electrical monitoring of
the lock status (option N) and
Handing
steel core fixing (option W).

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Padlocks 03.16 page 177

Padlocks and Hasps

Stronghold Padlocks with Individual Key Selection


The Stronghold range of high security padlocks that provide the perfect solution for most applications. They can
be fitted with cylinders from most leading lock manufacturers, to provide continuity with existing cylinders and
suiting requirements.
Stronghold padlocks have a hardened boron alloy steel shackle, a hardened steel lock body and are tested to the
European BS EN 12320 - CEN standards, meeting grades 3-6.

Stronghold Padlocks
CEN security rating is the European standard for padlocks and padlock fitting. Ratings are awarded
with the highest being 6 to the lowest being 1.

CEN Grading Stronghold CEN Range


GRADE 6 - Extra High Security CEN 6 - SS65CS
GRADE 5 - High Security CEN 5 - SS65S
GRADE 4 - Security CEN 4 - SS50CS, SS50S, SS50/2.5
GRADE 3 - Standard CEN 3 - SB50CS, SB50S, SA50CS, SA50S
GRADE 2 & 1 - General

Stronghold Padbars Choice of Key Cylinder


Stronghold padbars are designed to meet CEN 6 Fitted with a Surelock Union 5 pin cylinder as
and CEN 4 of BS EN 12320 standard, or choose an alternative make of registered
cylinder to match your security requirements or
CEN 6 - STH1 (hardened hasp)
existing suiting.
CEN 4 - STH2

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Padlocks 03.16 page 178

‘Stronghold’ Padlocks with Individual Key Selection

Padlock Selection with CEN Grading:

Close Shackles

SS65C SS50C SB50C


CEN 6 CEN 4 CEN3

Open Shackles

SS65 SS50 SB50


CEN5 CEN4 CEN3

Padbars

STH1 (gold) or STH2 (silver) LB2CS


CEN 6 CEN4 CEN3

Ordering example: Select the padlock and append the chosen cylinder enhancement code: SS65C-O5 = 65mm
close shackle padlock with an Medeco m3-ARX cylinder.

Medeco m3-ARX Abloy Protech Assa Twin-Combi Surelock


BS EN 1303 6-2 BS EN 1303 6-2 BS EN 1303 6-2

O5 O91 O2 (default)

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Keyrings 03.16 page 179

Sealed Keyring

Secure Keyring with Resealable feature


The sealed keyring is designed specifically for the higher security requirements of key management, including
Government establishments, hospitals, security vehicles, banks, etc.

The AN400 Sealed Keyring range overcomes the historical problems associated with welding/brazing of
conventional keyrings resulting in a high level of failure and/or metal enbrittlement fatigue.

The use of stainless steel has enabled the dimension of the seal to be minimised, whilst maintaining
maximum strength.

The Surelock resealable ‘AN400’ range of keyrings have been designed to prevent unauthorised key removal/
exchange with cost benefit of re-cycling the ring using special tooling by authorised personnel.

The all stainless steel construction has a 3mm material diameter ring and 20mm diameter seal housing, there is a
choice of standard ring sizes available (see ordering guide below).

• Resists unauthorised key removal


• High resistance to abuse/misuse
• Tamperproof
• Reusable ring
• Only resealable by use of special tooling
• All stainless steel construction
• Customised stamping (optional)

Ordering codes Internal Ring Diameters


AN400-35 35mm
AN400-50 50mm
AN400-70 70mm

Tooling UR
E LO C
K
S

Special tooling is required and available for the sealing (ENGLAND)


0118-9772525
and re-opening of the AN400 range of keyrings.

Ordering code: ST-0003

Ø35

Ø50

Ø70
Patent application number 9705763.2

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Realigning Tools 03.16 page 180

Combination Lock - Realigning & Resetting Tool Kit

Manifoil MkIII & IV combination locks


The Surelock McGill realigning tool is a valuable asset for use on Manifoil combination locks. The tool provides a
quick and easy solution when the operational numbers have been incorrectly reset, or are otherwise unknown and
where the back of the lock is accessible.

The realigning and resetting tool kit enables the user to carry out a reset in minutes without the disruption of
dismantling the lock.

Technical information:
• Lock usability reinstated in minutes

• Easy to use

• Reset without the disruption of lock dismantling

• Positive guided action

• Obviates the threat of resetting an incorrect code;


mechanism can always be realigned and numbers
set again

• Unlimited use

• Supplied as a boxed kit, together with full


user instructions and accessories, including
Realigning & resetting tool in operation
manufacturers standard change key

Ordering code: S-10857

Manifoil MkIV Realigning and resetting tool kit S-10857


combination lock

UK Patent Application No. GB 0514711.1

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Vision Panels 03.16 page 181

Vision Panels

High performance glazed openings in security, fire, blast, ballistic and DDA
compliant doors
The Surelock McGill range of door vision panels are supplied in cassette form and meet the combined
requirements of security, blast and ballistic protection. They are supplied in sizes that can provide compliance with
the needs of the Disability Discrimination Act (DDA).

Technical information:
Security - High levels of physical protection available
• 

• Blast Protection - Compliant for doorsets meeting the


protection of the bomb blast standard for ‘Protected Spaces’;
ratings ‘C15’ and ‘C25’

• Ballistic Protection - EN 1522: 1988 FB1-FB4 & FSG, optional

Access For All - sizes are available to meet the requirements


• 
of the Disability Discrimination Act 1995, Code of Practice
BS 8300:2001 and Building Regulations (England & Wales)
2001, Approved Document M

Ordering code - refer to table below

Vision Panel cassette


assembly technique

All dimensions in mm

Ballistics DDA Code of


Clear Vision Blast
BS EN 1522: Pratice
(mm) Protected Spaces
Product code 1998 compliant*
FB1-FB4
Width Height C15 C25 BS 8300:2001
& FSG

S-10850-2100 150 150


S-10850-2200 150 350 2 No
S-10850-2300 150 650

S-10850-3100 150 150


S-10850-3200 150 350 2 No
S-10850-3300 150 650

S-10850-4100 150 150


S-10850-4200 150 350 2 No
S-10850-4300 150 650

*R
 efer to BS 8300:2001 extract ‘minimum zones of visibility’ supporting the ‘Disability Discrimination Act’ section
6.4.3 Vision Panels

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Vision Panels 03.16 page 182

Safety for the Disabled – Vision Panel Positioning

Extract from BS 8300:2001, supporting the ‘Disability Discrimination Act’


Section 6.4.3 Vision Panels

Entrance and lobby doors, other than those to dwellings should have viewing panels to alert people approaching a
door to the presence of another person on the other side.

If a door has a single viewing panel, the minimum zone of visibility should be between 500mm and 1500mm from
the floor.

If a door requires an intermediate horizontal section for strength or to accommodate door furniture, the door should
have two viewing panels, one accommodating a zone of visibility between 500mm and 800mm from the floor and
the other accommodating a zone of visibility between 1150mm and 1500mm from the floor (see figure 16).

COMMENTARY ON 6.4.3. This enables a person of small stature or a wheelchair user (when approaching a door) to
see, and be seen by, another wheelchair user or an ambulant person approaching from the other side, while allowing
the possibility of having an opaque area across the door to provide strength, or to accommodate door furniture.

NOTE 1 More than two vision panels may be provided, or may be larger than the zones of visibility, as long as the
zones are accommodated within the glazing area.

NOTE 2 Vision panels may be less than the minimum size or omitted in doors to spaces that are required to be
darkened for their function, e.g. cinemas and auditoria.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Blast Protection 03.16 page 183

Surelock Blast Displacement Panels

Close contact blast protection


Surelock McGill blast displacement panels provide very effective protection against close contact threats.

They absorb the energy of an explosion to nullify the effect of an explosive blast. The panels are used where
there is potential threat from explosion whether this is from criminal or terrorist attack or simply hazardous
industrial processes.

Being easily cut on site, the panels are remarkably easy to install. Once trimmed to size (if necessary) they are
located together with dowels and fixed in situ with nylon fasteners. The faces are clad in marine ply which is
factory primed and ready for painting.

Technical information:
• Overall panel size 2,400mm x 500mm x 83mm

• Side locating dowels (2 per side)

• Marine ply faces, primed ready for painting

• Weight 31 kilos per panel (26 kilos per m2)

• Designed for internal & external applications

Ordering code - BDP-T83

Blast Displacement Panel

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Secure Rooms 03.16 page 184

ModusecSM Secure Rooms

Fast installation of secure rooms with


no wet trades
ModusecSM security wall and ceiling installation, provides
for the rapid build of secure rooms to meet a Surelock base
or enhanced level of protection. This is achieved by modular
panels assembled on site, requiring no foundation or wet trades.

ModusecSM secure rooms are typically used to protect


critical assets, such as computer hardware and data from
flame plus heat (integrity and insulation), water, smoke, dust,
electromagnetic pulse, vandalism, sabotage, theft and explosion.

ModusecSM panels are light in weight but extremely strong


with steel facing. They are pre-finished and simply locked
together to form a room of any size.

Technical information:
• Quick and easy to install

• Protects critical hardware and data from flame,


heat and water

• Surelock base or enhanced protection levels

• High sound proofing qualities (45db attenuation)

• Pre-finished steel panels provide simple wipe down cleaning

• Easily extended or relocated

• Suitable for internal and external applications

Ordering code S-10960-(project reference)

Typical security doorsets Example of a secure room installation, installed


over a weekend, meeting stringent security and
operational specifications. The room included a
Stafford Bridge Sandhurst security doorset, glazing
and a secure transfer unit.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Secure Rooms 03.16 page 185

ModuSecSM

Advantages of The ModuSecSM System Over Traditional Build


Technical information:
• Quick and clean to build to almost any size and space (inside or outside) to a certified standard.

• Easily extended or relocated.

• Maintenance-free wipe clean steel skin requiring no wet trades.

• Protects critical assets from flame plus heat, water, smoke, dust, electromechanical pulse, vandalism, sabotage, theft
and explosion.

• U value of our core material is a fraction of traditional materials (plasterboard, block, etc) – providing the required
tested level of protection for computer media and hardware against heat from external fires. In addition, it will
effectively eliminate solar gain and heat gain from other areas – providing a stable environment for cooling systems.

• The steel skin and mechanical panel locking system provides good physical security and protection from the
window blast from an outside explosion. Additional core reinforcement can be built into the panels, lifting the system
protection to higher levels of protection.

• Protects from falling debris and water.

• ‘Walk on’ ceiling panels to BS6399 for service access.

• Non porous (unlike plasterboard, brick, block and concrete) and will not give off steam under heat (like brick, block
and concrete). All joints, points of cable entry and doors are sealed against water.

• High sound proofing qualities (45db attenuation).

• Removes the problems of dust and debris building up in a ceiling void - surface mounted lighting is fixed directly to
ceiling panels.

• No harmful plaster dust from broken plasterboard panels.

• Cost effective solution - only a small increase over traditional build as a proportion of total build and fit-out cost.

• Meets Turnbull recommendation that Directors (or others ultimately responsible for the continuity of the organisation)
follow a ‘best practice’ adherence to a set of operational risk factors – by building to the highest affordable
recognized standard.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Secure Rooms 03.16 page 186

Advantages of The ModuSecSM System Over Traditional Build

Cost: Cost effective solution as a proportion of the total build and fit-out costs

Flexibility: Any size or shape can be created with the ability to cut panels on site. Panels can be erected hard up to
existing walls and ceilings (although we recommend a 50mm gap to allow for wall irregularities and a small space to
allow moisture to escape from existing wall). Doors can be made to suit single, double or sliding.

User Friendly: Panels can be drilled or fixed to at any point by the user or service providers without the need for special
provision from the manufacturers. Conduit can be installed inside the panels at manufacture for hidden cable runs.

Lampertz room: Have to be drilled by Lampertz and can only be drilled in special locations.

Test Specification: Approved by the UK insurance industry (LPCB LPS 1208). Actual test results showed the protected
surface temperature to be an average of 40 deg C (max 52 deg C) after 60 minutes with the furnace side at 950 deg C.
Temperatures away from the surface drop dramatically.

(Note – computer media must be kept below 55 deg C)

Advantages Over (BS476) Mineral Wool

Insulation: The ‘ModuSecSM’ Pyrofoam panels have less than half the ‘U value’ (rate of heat transfer) of mineral wool.
Hence you need more than double the thickness of mineral wool for the same insulation value (around 250mm as
opposed to our 100mm). This is not only important in a fire situation but in terms of thermal stability within the protected
space from solar and other exterior heat sources.

Structural Strength: Our core material (Pyro-foam) has its own structural strength – it is not dependent on the steel
skin or any additional structure to support it (up to 6m). Mineral wool has no structural strength. It depends on the glue
that sticks it together and the steel skin to support it. In a fire situation, if the steel skin fails, the strength goes with it.
Generally mineral wool panels can only safely span up to 4m without additional steel.

In a blast situation, the suction or back forces are greater than


forward impact force. In composite panels, the exterior steel skin is
likely to be sucked off the panel. This leaves mineral wool panels
with no structural strength. Pyrofoam stands alone.

Steel container full of plant and tools weighing many tons


– supported by off-cuts of our panels

ModuSecSM ceilings meet around 5 times the BS6399 criteria for ‘walk on’ strength. This allows adequate access
to services over the space.

Joints: Mineral wool panels are generally butted together with a small interlink of the steel skin only. They are then
just fixed at top and bottom channels. There is no overlap of the core insulating material. Pyrofoam panels are
physically locked together with a mechanical camlock system with profiled sides that fit into the adjacent panel.
This provides far higher physical protection (blast tested with 100kg of TNT at 18m).

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Secure Rooms 03.16 page 187

Advantages of The ModuSecSM System Over Traditional Build

Mineral Wool Panel Joint ModuSecSM Pyrofoam Joint

Water: Mineral wool is porous. If water gets in to the core it will increase its weight and add to structural problems.
Pyrofoam is non porous. In practical terms it is also non-combustible – unlike other foamed products produced in
the past – and is fully approved by all UK insurance companies for ‘high risk’ areas. It will not produce smoke or
add to a fire load in a building.

Contamination: When drilled, mineral wool will produce very light airborne fibres that can contaminate hardware.
Pyrofoam only produces a localized heavy dust.

Rodents: Pyrofoam is poisonous to rodents and offers no ‘nesting’ value (unlike mineral wool).

Facility: The foaming process allows the inclusion of almost any facility within the panels. This includes cable
way conduit and back boxes, strengthening material to mount heavy objects on the panels, steel mesh sheets to
increase physical security further and additional specialist sound proofing materials (the panels already offer a
45 db attenuation). This is not possible with mineral wool where all services have to be surface mounted and
heavy objects mounted by drilling through the panels.

Intrusion and blast tested: The ‘ModuSecSM’ Pyrofoam system with options including additional steel mesh
core material has been intrusion and blast tested for the physical protection of computer rooms and critical asset/
archive stores.

In summary, the ‘ModuSecSM’ Pyrofoam panel system has been specifically developed to meets all the
requirements for critical computer room environments. Mineral wool panels are designed for cold stores
and general insulation and are not suitable to accommodate and protect critical hardware systems.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Ventilation Louvre 03.16 page 188

High Security Ventilation Louvres

Enables the Maximum Free Air Flow without Compromising Security


Applications
These heavy duty steel Louvres are ideal for a wide range of applications including server rooms, generator housings,
air conditioning systems, sub stations and so on. They can be made to almost any size to suit a wide range of ventilation
requirements.

Anti-Ligature Features
The unique Surelock McGill Anti-Ligature Louvre Range is used in areas such as seclusion rooms, secure hospitals,
generator housings and prisons.

Finishes
A full range of finishes are available to suit the customers’ requirements.

Surelock McGill have been manufacturing and installing high performance door locking and bolting systems, as well
as ancillary products, for over 50 years. Intensive research and development, together with the embracing of new
technologies and materials as they evolve, means that our products provide the most robust and sophisticated security
available.

Testing and Certification


Our products are tested for their resistance to many forms of threat (for example, security, fire, blast, ballistic attack).
They are also designed, tested and certified for the health and safety duty of care that is required today.

The development of new products has been integrated with our regime of testing and approvals to maintain the supply
of products with certification to important UK and European standards throughout the process.

Hostile Environments
Surelock McGill products are widely used on offshore oil platforms and generally in the petro-chemical industry. This
is due, in part, to their resistance to the privations of such environments. The same considerations and their inherent
resilience also lead to their use in securing remote stations used by police response units and the armed forces.

Total Commitment, Comprehensive Service


Surelock McGill offers a comprehensive service to ensure integrity and security:
Operational analysis and technical advice Planned maintenance
Site survey and scheduling On-going support
Product manufacture and supply Standard packages
Bespoke design systems
Installation

Customer Care
Surelock McGill customer care is second to none. Applicable Standards and Accreditations:
That is why we can boast an exceptional level of
customer loyalty. Solid business relationships have Security
been built on the trust earned by our dedication LPS 1175
to providing the best security solution for every
challenge that our customers confront us with.
Quality
Quality Statement ISO 9001: 2008
Our continued commitment to product excellence Assessed to ISO9001:2000
ASSESSED TONo.
Certificate ISO516-1
9001: 2008
CERTIFICATE NO. 516
CE marking of conformity
and accreditation to ISO 9001: 2008 throughout the
group ensures unequalled customer satisfaction and See individual product pages for details of approvals gained.
is our ‘Seal of Excellence’.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Ventilation Louvre 03.16 page 189

Max-Air – XA0 Ventilation Louvre

Typical Applications:
Server Rooms Sub Stations
Generator Rooms Chemical Storage
Air Conditioning Systems Nuclear Power Stations

Technical Information:
C
 onstruction - Mild Steel or Stainless Steel
F
 inish - Natural, Primer or a colour of your choice

Protection Clear Opening Clear Opening Air Flow


Order Code Material Protection Type
Level Width (mm) Height (mm) Percentage

XA0-400-400-MS N/A 400 400 Mild Steel N/A 17%


XA0-400-400-S4 N/A 400 400 304 Stainless Steel N/A 17% Opening
height
XA0-400-400-S6 N/A 400 400 316 Stainless Steel N/A 17% -20

Fixing Type 0 = Button Head Fixing (As Standard) C = Countersunk Fixing


Standard size to suit a 400mm by 400mm clear opening. Louvres to suit clear openings between 125mm
Opening
by 125mm to 900mm by 900mm available on request. Arrays of multiple units are available when using the width -20
Max-Air framing system. Ordering Example:
Airflow calculations should be considered as a guide only. XA0–400–400–S4-H-0
AIR FLOW DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST To fit a 400mm high by
400mm wide clear opening,
400mm x 400mm (0.4m x 0.4m) Unit: 304 Stainless Steel, Button
Head Fixings.
Structural opening in wall (SO) = 0.4 x 0.4 = 0.16m²
Louvre opening width (L) = (structural opening width - 0.052) = 0.4-0.052 = 0.348m
Number of Louvred openings (N) = ((structural opening height / 0.04) - 1) = (0.4/0.04)-1 = 9
Airflow factor (A) = 0.008685 200
Louvre free area (FA) = L x N x A = 0.348 x 9 x 0.008685 = 0.0272014m²
Free airflow percentage = FA/SO = 0.0272014m² / 0.16 = 17%
Static Pressure Drop (Pascals)

150
Note: T he value on the examples is based on air figure constant and does not include
any type of mesh.
Pressure drop across Louvre as a function of approaching flow velocity (high flow velocities). 100

Using Bernoulli’s equation, it can be shown that for a parallel duct system that exhausts into,
or takes air from the atmosphere, ∆p/q = 1 + ∆P/q. 50
Total non-dimensional static pressure drop for 0.2m/s flow rate,
∆p/q = 1 + ∆P/q = 1 + 6.71 + 3.02 = 10.73
Louvre | Slotted plate
Hence the static pressure drop ∆p = 10.73 x (½ x 1.2 x 0.2²) = 0.26 Pa. 0 1 2 3 4 5
Face Velocity (m/s)

Optional Enhancements:
A
 ccelerant Protection - Internal Stainless Steel Mesh Shield with Bevelled run out
V
 ibration Alarm - Internal Connection Sensor
C
 ountersunk Fixings instead of Button Head Fixings on the inside
Insect Mesh within the Louvre

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Ventilation Louvre 03.16 page 190

Max-Air – XA1 Security Approved Ventilation Louvre

Independently tested and certificated to LPS 1175 Security Rating 1


Typical Applications:
Server Rooms Sub Stations
Generator Rooms Chemical Storage
Air Conditioning Systems Nuclear Power Stations

Technical Information:
C
 onstruction - Mild Steel or Stainless Steel
F
 inish - Natural, Primer or a colour of your choice

Protection Clear Opening Clear Opening Air Flow


Order Code Material Protection Type
Level Width (mm) Height (mm) Percentage

Protection against full


XA1-400-400-MS-B SR1 400 400 Mild Steel 17%
body access
Opening
Protection against height
XA1-400-400-MS-H SR1 400 400 Mild Steel 17% -20
hand access
Protection against full
XA1-400-400-S4-B SR1 400 400 304 Stainless Steel 17%
body access
Opening
Protection against width -20
XA1-400-400-S4-H SR1 400 400 304 Stainless Steel 17%
hand access Ordering Example:
Protection against full XA1–400–400–S4-H-0
XA1-400-400-S6-B SR1 400 400 316 Stainless Steel 17%
body access To fit a 400mm high by
400mm wide clear opening,
Protection against 304 Stainless Steel, Hand
XA1-400-400-S6-H SR1 400 400 316 Stainless Steel 17%
hand access Access, Button Head Fixings.
Fixing Type 0 = Button Head Fixing (As Standard) C = Countersunk Fixing
Standard size to suit a 400mm by 400mm clear opening. Louvres to suit clear openings between 125mm
by 125mm to 900mm by 900mm available on request. Arrays of multiple units are available when using the
Max-Air framing system.
Airflow calculations should be considered as a guide only.
AIR FLOW DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST
400mm x 400mm (0.4m x 0.4m) Unit:
Structural opening in wall (SO) = 0.4 x 0.4 = 0.16m²
Louvre opening width (L) = (structural opening width - 0.052) = 0.4-0.052 = 0.348m
Number of Louvred openings (N) = ((structural opening height / 0.04) - 1) = (0.4/0.04)-1 = 9
Airflow factor (A) = 0.008685 200
Louvre free area (FA) = L x N x A = 0.348 x 9 x 0.008685 = 0.0272014m²
Free airflow percentage = FA/SO = 0.0272014m² / 0.16 = 17%
Static Pressure Drop (Pascals)

150
Note: T he value on the examples is based on air figure constant and does not include
any type of mesh.
Pressure drop across Louvre as a function of approaching flow velocity (high flow velocities). 100

Using Bernoulli’s equation, it can be shown that for a parallel duct system that exhausts into,
or takes air from the atmosphere, ∆p/q = 1 + ∆P/q. 50
Total non-dimensional static pressure drop for 0.2m/s flow rate,
∆p/q = 1 + ∆P/q = 1 + 6.71 + 3.02 = 10.73
Louvre | Slotted plate
Hence the static pressure drop ∆p = 10.73 x (½ x 1.2 x 0.2²) = 0.26 Pa. 0 1 2 3 4 5
Face Velocity (m/s)

Optional Enhancements:
A
 ccelerant Protection - Internal Stainless Steel Mesh Shield with Bevelled run out
V
 ibration Alarm - Internal Connection Sensor
C
 ountersunk Fixings instead of Button Head Fixings on the inside
Insect Mesh within the Louvre

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Ventilation Louvre 03.16 page 191

Max-Air – XA2 Security Approved Ventilation Louvre

Independently tested and certificated to LPS 1175 Security Rating 2


Typical Applications:
Server Rooms Sub Stations
Generator Rooms Chemical Storage
Air Conditioning Systems Nuclear Power Stations

Technical Information:
C
 onstruction - Mild Steel or Stainless Steel
F
 inish - Natural, Primer or a colour of your choice

Protection Clear Opening Clear Opening Air Flow


Order Code Material Protection Type
Level Width (mm) Height (mm) Percentage

Protection against full


XA2-400-400-MS-B SR2 400 400 Mild Steel 17%
body access
Opening
Protection against height
XA2-400-400-MS-H SR2 400 400 Mild Steel 17% -20
hand access
Protection against full
XA2-400-400-S4-B SR2 400 400 304 Stainless Steel 17%
body access
Opening
Protection against width -20
XA2-400-400-S4-H SR2 400 400 304 Stainless Steel 17%
hand access Ordering Example:
Protection against full XA2–400–400–S4-H-0
XA2-400-400-S6-B SR2 400 400 316 Stainless Steel 17%
body access To fit a 400mm high by
400mm wide clear opening,
Protection against 304 Stainless Steel, Hand
XA2-400-400-S6-H SR2 400 400 316 Stainless Steel 17%
hand access Access, Button Head Fixings.
Fixing Type 0 = Button Head Fixing (As Standard) C = Countersunk Fixing
Standard size to suit a 400mm by 400mm clear opening. Louvres to suit clear openings between 125mm
by 125mm to 900mm by 900mm available on request. Arrays of multiple units are available when using the
Max-Air framing system.
Airflow calculations should be considered as a guide only.
AIR FLOW DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST
400mm x 400mm (0.4m x 0.4m) Unit:
Structural opening in wall (SO) = 0.4 x 0.4 = 0.16m²
Louvre opening width (L) = (structural opening width - 0.052) = 0.4-0.052 = 0.348m
Number of Louvred openings (N) = ((structural opening height / 0.04) - 1) = (0.4/0.04)-1 = 9
Airflow factor (A) = 0.008685 200
Louvre free area (FA) = L x N x A = 0.348 x 9 x 0.008685 = 0.0272014m²
Free airflow percentage = FA/SO = 0.0272014m² / 0.16 = 17%
Static Pressure Drop (Pascals)

150
Note: T he value on the examples is based on air figure constant and does not include
any type of mesh.
Pressure drop across Louvre as a function of approaching flow velocity (high flow velocities). 100

Using Bernoulli’s equation, it can be shown that for a parallel duct system that exhausts into,
or takes air from the atmosphere, ∆p/q = 1 + ∆P/q. 50
Total non-dimensional static pressure drop for 0.2m/s flow rate,
∆p/q = 1 + ∆P/q = 1 + 6.71 + 3.02 = 10.73
Louvre | Slotted plate
Hence the static pressure drop ∆p = 10.73 x (½ x 1.2 x 0.2²) = 0.26 Pa. 0 1 2 3 4 5
Face Velocity (m/s)

Optional Enhancements:
A
 ccelerant Protection - Internal Stainless Steel Mesh Shield with Bevelled run out
V
 ibration Alarm - Internal Connection Sensor
C
 ountersunk Fixings instead of Button Head Fixings on the inside
Insect Mesh within the Louvre

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Ventilation Louvre 03.16 page 192

Max-Air – XA3 Security Approved Ventilation Louvre

Independently tested and certificated to LPS 1175 Security Rating 3


Typical Applications:
Server Rooms Sub Stations
Generator Rooms Chemical Storage
Air Conditioning Systems Nuclear Power Stations

Technical Information:
C
 onstruction - Stainless Steel
F
 inish - Natural, Primer or a colour of your choice

Protection Clear Opening Clear Opening Air Flow


Order Code Material Protection Type
Level Width (mm) Height (mm) Percentage

Protection against full


XA3-400-400-S4-B SR3 400 400 304 Stainless Steel 17%
body access Opening
height
Protection against -20
XA3-400-400-S4-H SR3 400 400 304 Stainless Steel 17%
hand access
Protection against full
XA3-400-400-S6-B SR3 400 400 316 Stainless Steel 17%
body access Opening
width -20
Protection against
XA3-400-400-S6-H SR3 400 400 316 Stainless Steel 17% Ordering Example:
hand access
XA3–400–400–S4-H-0
Fixing Type 0 = Button Head Fixing (As Standard) C = Countersunk Fixing
To fit a 400mm high by
400mm wide clear opening,
Standard size to suit a 400mm by 400mm clear opening. Louvres to suit clear openings between 125mm 304 Stainless Steel, Hand
by 125mm to 900mm by 900mm available on request. Arrays of multiple units are available when using the Access, Button Head Fixings.
Max-Air framing system.
Airflow calculations should be considered as a guide only.
AIR FLOW DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST

400mm x 400mm (0.4m x 0.4m) Unit:


Structural opening in wall (SO) = 0.4 x 0.4 = 0.16m²
Louvre opening width (L) = (structural opening width - 0.052) = 0.4-0.052 = 0.348m
Number of Louvred openings (N) = ((structural opening height / 0.04) - 1) = (0.4/0.04)-1 = 9
Airflow factor (A) = 0.008685 200
Louvre free area (FA) = L x N x A = 0.348 x 9 x 0.008685 = 0.0272014m²
Static Pressure Drop (Pascals)

Free airflow percentage = FA/SO = 0.0272014m² / 0.16 = 17% 150


Note: T he value on the examples is based on air figure constant and does not include
any type of mesh.
100
Pressure drop across Louvre as a function of approaching flow velocity (high flow velocities).

Using Bernoulli’s equation, it can be shown that for a parallel duct system that exhausts into,
or takes air from the atmosphere, ∆p/q = 1 + ∆P/q. 50
Total non-dimensional static pressure drop for 0.2m/s flow rate,
∆p/q = 1 + ∆P/q = 1 + 6.71 + 3.02 = 10.73
Louvre | Slotted plate 0 1 2 3 4 5
Hence the static pressure drop ∆p = 10.73 x (½ x 1.2 x 0.2²) = 0.26 Pa. Face Velocity (m/s)

Optional Enhancements:
A
 ccelerant Protection - Internal Stainless Steel Mesh Shield with Bevelled run out
V
 ibration Alarm - Internal Connection Sensor
C
 ountersunk Fixings instead of Button Head Fixings on the inside
Insect Mesh within the Louvre

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Ventilation Louvre 03.16 page 193

Max-Air – XA4 Security Approved Ventilation Louvre

Independently tested and certificated to LPS 1175 Security Rating 4


Typical Applications:
Server Rooms Sub Stations
Generator Rooms Chemical Storage
Air Conditioning Systems Nuclear Power Stations

Technical Information:
C
 onstruction - Stainless Steel
F
 inish - Natural, Primer or a colour of your choice

Protection Clear Opening Clear Opening Air Flow


Order Code Material Protection Type
Level Width (mm) Height (mm) Percentage

Protection against full


XA4-400-400-S4-B SR4 400 400 304 Stainless Steel 17%
body access Opening
height
Protection against -20
XA4-400-400-S4-H SR4 400 400 304 Stainless Steel 8.3%
hand access
Protection against full
XA4-400-400-S6-B SR4 400 400 316 Stainless Steel 17%
body access Opening
width -20
Protection against
XA4-400-400-S6-H SR4 400 400 316 Stainless Steel 8.3% Ordering Example:
hand access
XA4–400–400–S4-H-0
Fixing Type 0 = Button Head Fixing (As Standard) C = Countersunk Fixing To fit a 400mm high by
400mm wide clear opening,
Standard size to suit a 400mm by 400mm clear opening. Louvres to suit clear openings between 125mm 304 Stainless Steel, Hand
by 125mm to 900mm by 900mm available on request. Arrays of multiple units are available when using the Access, Button Head Fixings.
Max-Air framing system.
Airflow calculations should be considered as a guide only.
AIR FLOW DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST

400mm x 400mm (0.4m x 0.4m) Unit:


Structural opening in wall (SO) = 0.4 x 0.4 = 0.16m²
Louvre opening width (L) = (structural opening width - 0.052) = 0.4-0.052 = 0.348m
Number of Louvred openings (N) = ((structural opening height / 0.04) - 1) = (0.4/0.04)-1 = 9
Airflow factor (A) = 0.008685 200
Louvre free area (FA) = L x N x A = 0.348 x 9 x 0.008685 = 0.0272014m²
Static Pressure Drop (Pascals)

Free airflow percentage = FA/SO = 0.0272014m² / 0.16 = 17% 150


Note: T he value on the examples is based on air figure constant and does not include
any type of mesh.
100
Pressure drop across Louvre as a function of approaching flow velocity (high flow velocities).

Using Bernoulli’s equation, it can be shown that for a parallel duct system that exhausts into,
or takes air from the atmosphere, ∆p/q = 1 + ∆P/q. 50
Total non-dimensional static pressure drop for 0.2m/s flow rate,
∆p/q = 1 + ∆P/q = 1 + 6.71 + 3.02 = 10.73
Louvre | Slotted plate 0 1 2 3 4 5
Hence the static pressure drop ∆p = 10.73 x (½ x 1.2 x 0.2²) = 0.26 Pa. Face Velocity (m/s)

Optional Enhancements:
A
 ccelerant Protection - Internal Stainless Steel Mesh Shield with Bevelled run out
V
 ibration Alarm - Internal Connection Sensor
C
 ountersunk Fixings instead of Button Head Fixings on the inside
Insect Mesh within the Louvre

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Ventilation Louvre 03.16 page 194

Max-Air – XA5 Security Approved Ventilation Louvre

Independently tested and certificated to LPS 1175 Security Rating 5


Typical Applications:
Server Rooms Sub Stations
Generator Rooms Chemical Storage
Air Conditioning Systems Nuclear Power Stations

Technical Information:
C
 onstruction - Stainless Steel
F
 inish - Natural, Primer or a colour of your choice

Protection Clear Opening Clear Opening Air Flow


Order Code Material Protection Type
Level Width (mm) Height (mm) Percentage

Protection against full


XA5-400-400-S4-B SR5 400 400 304 Stainless Steel 8.3%
body access
Opening
Protection against height
XA5-400-400-S4-H SR5 400 400 304 Stainless Steel 8.3% -20
hand access
Protection against full
XA5-400-400-S6-B SR5 400 400 316 Stainless Steel 8.3%
body access
Opening
Protection against width -20
XA5-400-400-S6-H SR5 400 400 316 Stainless Steel 8.3%
hand access Ordering Example:
Fixing Type 0 = Button Head Fixing (As Standard) C = Countersunk Fixing XA5–400–400–S4-H-0
To fit a 400mm high by
Standard size to suit a 400mm by 400mm clear opening. Louvres to suit clear openings between 125mm 400mm wide clear opening,
by 125mm to 900mm by 900mm available on request. Arrays of multiple units are available when using the 304 Stainless Steel, Hand
Access, Button Head Fixings.
Max-Air framing system.
Airflow calculations should be considered as a guide only.
AIR FLOW DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST

400mm x 400mm (0.4m x 0.4m) Unit:


Structural opening in wall (SO) = 0.4 x 0.4 = 0.16m²
Louvre opening width (L) = (structural opening width - 0.052) = 0.4-0.052 = 0.348m
Number of Louvred openings (N) = ((structural opening height / 0.04) - 1) = (0.4/0.04)-1 = 9
Airflow factor (A) = 0.008685 200
Louvre free area (FA) = L x N x A = 0.348 x 9 x 0.008685 = 0.0272014m²
Static Pressure Drop (Pascals)

Free airflow percentage = FA/SO = 0.0272014m² / 0.16 = 17% 150


Note: T he value on the examples is based on air figure constant and does not include
any type of mesh.
100
Pressure drop across Louvre as a function of approaching flow velocity (high flow velocities).

Using Bernoulli’s equation, it can be shown that for a parallel duct system that exhausts into,
or takes air from the atmosphere, ∆p/q = 1 + ∆P/q. 50
Total non-dimensional static pressure drop for 0.2m/s flow rate,
∆p/q = 1 + ∆P/q = 1 + 6.71 + 3.02 = 10.73
Louvre | Slotted plate 0 1 2 3 4 5
Hence the static pressure drop ∆p = 10.73 x (½ x 1.2 x 0.2²) = 0.26 Pa. Face Velocity (m/s)

Optional Enhancements:
A
 ccelerant Protection - Internal Stainless Steel Mesh Shield with Bevelled run out
V
 ibration Alarm - Internal Connection Sensor
C
 ountersunk Fixings instead of Button Head Fixings on the inside
Insect Mesh within the Louvre

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Ventilation Louvre 03.16 page 195

Max-Air – XA6 Security Approved Ventilation Louvre

Independently tested and certificated to LPS 1175 Security Rating 6


Typical Applications:
Server Rooms Sub Stations
Generator Rooms Chemical Storage
Air Conditioning Systems Nuclear Power Stations

Technical Information:
C
 onstruction - Stainless Steel
F
 inish - Natural, Primer or a colour of your choice

Protection Clear Opening Clear Opening Air Flow


Order Code Material Protection Type
Level Width (mm) Height (mm) Percentage

Protection against full


XA6-400-400-S4-B SR6 400 400 304 Stainless Steel 8.3%
body access
Opening
Protection against height
XA6-400-400-S4-H SR6 400 400 304 Stainless Steel Contact us -20
hand access
Protection against full
XA6-400-400-S6-B SR6 400 400 316 Stainless Steel 8.3%
body access
Opening
Protection against width -20
XA6-400-400-S6-H SR6 400 400 316 Stainless Steel Contact us
hand access Ordering Example:
Fixing Type 0 = Button Head Fixing (As Standard) C = Countersunk Fixing XA6–400–400–S4-H-0
To fit a 400mm high by 400mm
Standard size to suit a 400mm by 400mm clear opening. Louvres to suit clear openings between 125mm by wide clear opening, 304
125mm to 900mm by 900mm available on request. Arrays of multiple units are available when using the Max- Stainless Steel, Hand Access,
Air framing system. Button Head Fixings.
Airflow calculations should be considered as a guide only.
AIR FLOW DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST
400mm x 400mm (0.4m x 0.4m) Unit:
Structural opening in wall (SO) = 0.4 x 0.4 = 0.16m²
Louvre opening width (L) = (structural opening width - 0.052) = 0.4-0.052 = 0.348m
Number of Louvred openings (N) = ((structural opening height / 0.04) - 1) = (0.4/0.04)-1 = 9
Airflow factor (A) = 0.008685 200
Louvre free area (FA) = L x N x A = 0.348 x 9 x 0.008685 = 0.0272014m²
Static Pressure Drop (Pascals)

Free airflow percentage = FA/SO = 0.0272014m² / 0.16 = 17% 150


Note: T he value on the examples is based on air figure constant and does not include
any type of mesh.
100
Pressure drop across Louvre as a function of approaching flow velocity (high flow velocities).

Using Bernoulli’s equation, it can be shown that for a parallel duct system that exhausts into,
or takes air from the atmosphere, ∆p/q = 1 + ∆P/q. 50
Total non-dimensional static pressure drop for 0.2m/s flow rate,
∆p/q = 1 + ∆P/q = 1 + 6.71 + 3.02 = 10.73
Louvre | Slotted plate 0 1 2 3 4 5
Hence the static pressure drop ∆p = 10.73 x (½ x 1.2 x 0.2²) = 0.26 Pa. Face Velocity (m/s)

Optional Enhancements:
A
 ccelerant Protection - Internal Stainless Steel Mesh Shield with Bevelled run out
V
 ibration Alarm - Internal Connection Sensor
C
 ountersunk Fixings instead of Button Head Fixings on the inside
Insect Mesh within the Louvre

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Ventilation Louvre 03.16 page 196

Blackwatch Security Ventilation Louvre

Independently tested and certificated to LPS 1175 Security Rating 4


Typical Applications:
Server Rooms Sub Stations
Generator Rooms Chemical Storage
Air Conditioning Systems Nuclear Power Stations

Technical Information:
C
 onstruction - Heavy Duty Steel F
 inish - As standard powder coated Grey /
T
 ested Size - 1,000mm x 1,000mm White Leatherette or alternatively in a colour
of your choice
Protection Clear Opening Clear Opening Air Flow
Order Code Material Protection Type
Level Width (mm) Height (mm) Percentage
Protection against full
BWC4-300-300-MS-B SR4 300 300 Steel 30%
body access
Protection against
BWC4-300-300-MS-H SR4 300 300 Steel Contact us
hand access
Protection against full
BWC4-500-500-MS-B SR4 500 500 Steel 30%
body access Opening
height
Protection against -20
BWC4-500-500-MS-H SR4 500 500 Steel Contact us
hand access
Protection against full
BWC4-500-750-MS-B SR4 500 750 Steel 30%
body access Opening
width -20
Protection against
BWC4-500-750-MS-H SR4 500 750 Steel Contact us Ordering Example:
hand access
BWC4-300-300-MS-H-0
Protection against full
BWC4-500-1000-MS-B SR4 500 1000 Steel 30% Clamp fitted, to fit a 300mm high
body access
by 300mm wide clear opening,
Protection against Steel, Hand Access, Button
BWC4-500-1000-MS-H SR4 500 1000 Steel Contact us
hand access Head Fixings.
BWR4-(width)-(height)- 350 to 350 to Protection against full BWR4-300-300-MS-H-0
SR4 Steel 30%
MS-B 1150 2500 body access Reveal fitted, to fit a 300mm high
by 300mm wide clear opening,
Fixing Type 0 = Button Head Fixing (As Standard) C = Countersunk Fixing Steel, Hand Access, Button
Head Fixings.
Air flow percentages are rounded down to the nearest whole number.
Airflow calculations should be considered as a guide only.
AIR FLOW DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST
600mm x 600mm (0.6m x 0.6m) Unit:
200
Louvre area: 544mm x 540mm = 0.544m x 0.540m = 0.29376m²
Gaps between blades: 13 of 0.544 x 0.01326 = 13 of 0.0072134 = 0.0937742m²
Static Pressure Drop (Pascals)

Free air flow percentage: 0.0937742 x 100 = 31% (rounded down to nearest whole number) 150

0.2937600
Note: The value on the examples is based on air figure constant and does not include any type of mesh. 100
Pressure drop across Louvre as a function of approaching flow velocity (high flow velocities).
Using Bernoulli’s equation, it can be shown that for a parallel duct system that exhausts into, 50
or takes air from the atmosphere, ∆p/q = 1 + ∆P/q.
Total non-dimensional static pressure drop for 0.2m/s flow rate,
∆p/q = 1 + ∆P/q = 1 + 6.71 + 3.02 = 10.73 0 1 2 3 4 5
Louvre | Slotted plate Face Velocity (m/s)
Hence the static pressure drop ∆p = 10.73 x (½ x 1.2 x 0.2²) = 0.26 Pa.

Optional Enhancements:
A
 ccelerant Protection - Internal Stainless Steel Mesh Shield with Bevelled run out
V
 ibration Alarm - Internal Connection Sensor
Insect Mesh within the Louvre

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Ventilation Louvre 03.16 page 197

COLDSTREAM
Coldstream Security Level Louvre
SECURITY LEVEL LOUVRE

High Performance Ventilation Louvre


Typical Applications:
Server Rooms Sub Stations
Generator Rooms Chemical Storage
Air Conditioning Systems Nuclear Power Stations

Technical Information:
C
 onstruction - Heavy Duty Steel or F
 inish - As standard powder coated Grey
Stainless Steel / White Leatherette or alternatively in a
colour of your choice
T
 ested Size - 1,000mm x 1,000mm

Clear Opening Clear Opening Air Flow


Order Code Material Protection Type
Width (mm) Height (mm) Percentage

CSC-300-300-MS 300 300 Steel Contact us 30%

CSC-600-600-MS 600 600 Steel Contact us 30%

CSC-1000-1000-MS 1000 1000 Steel Contact us 30% Opening


height
-20
Fixing Type 0 = Button Head Fixing (As Standard) C = Countersunk Fixing

Dimensions are CPNI Approved


Opening
width -20
Approved for UK Government
Use, for details contact CPNI.
Ordering Example:
Air flow percentages are rounded down to the nearest whole number. CSC-300-300-MS-H-0
Airflow calculations should be considered as a guide only. To fit a 300mm high by
300mm wide clear opening,
AIR FLOW DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST Steel, Button Head Fixings.

600mm x 600mm (0.6m x 0.6m) Unit:


Louvre area: 544mm x 540mm = 0.544m x 0.540m = 0.29376m²
Gaps between blades: 32 of 0.168 x 0.01326 = 32 of 0.0022276 = 0.0712832m²
14 of 0.074 x 0.01326 = 14 of 0.0009812 = 0.0137368m²
03 of 0.168 x 0.00791 = 03 of 0.0013288 = 0.0039864m²
0.0712832m² + 0.0137368m² + 0.0039864m² = 0.0890064m²
Free air flow percentage: 0.0890064 x100
0.2937600
=30% (rounded down to nearest whole number)
Note: T he value on the examples is based on air figure constant and does not include any
type of mesh.

Optional Enhancements:
A
 ccelerant Protection - Internal Stainless Steel Mesh Shield with Bevelled run out
Vibration Alarm - Sensor Connected to Louvre Blade
Covert Fixings
Insect Mesh within the Louvre

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Ventilation Louvre 03.16 page 198

Grenadier Security Ventilation Louvre

High Performance Ventilation Louvre


Typical Applications:
Server Rooms Sub Stations
Generator Rooms Chemical Storage
Air Conditioning Systems Nuclear Power Stations

Technical Information:
C
 onstruction - Heavy Duty Steel or Tested Size - 1,000mm x 1,000mm
Stainless Steel. With Anti Drill and Anti F
 inish - As standard powder coated
Cutting Back Plate detail Grey / White Leatherette or alternatively
Sandwich style fixing detail in a colour of your choice

Clear Opening Clear Opening Air Flow


Order Code Material Protection Type
Width (mm) Height (mm) Percentage

GDC-300-300-MS 300 300 Steel Contact us 20%

GDC-600-600-MS 600 600 Steel Contact us 30% Opening


height
-20
GDC-1000-1000-MS 1000 1000 Steel Contact us 32%

Fixing Type 0 = Button Head Fixing (As Standard) C = Countersunk Fixing


Opening
Dimensions are CPNI Approved width -20

Ordering Example:
Approved for UK Government
Use, for details contact CPNI. GDC-300-300-MS-H-0
To fit a 300mm high by
Air flow percentages are rounded down to the nearest whole number. 300mm wide clear opening,
Steel, Button
Airflow calculations should be considered as a guide only.
Head Fixings.
AIR FLOW DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST

600mm x 600mm (0.6m x 0.6m) Unit:


Louvre area: 544mm x 540mm = 0.544m x 0.540m = 0.29376m²
Gaps between blades: 11 of 0.544 x 0.01476 = 11 of 0.0080294 = 0.0883234m²

Free air flow percentage: 0.0883234 x 100
0.2937600
=30% (rounded down to nearest whole number)
Note: T he value on the examples is based on air figure constant and does not include any
type of mesh.

Optional Enhancements:
A
 ccelerant Protection - Internal Stainless Steel Mesh Shield with Bevelled run out
Vibration Alarm - Sensor Connected to Louvre Blade
Covert Fixings
Insect Mesh within the Louvre

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Ventilation Louvre 03.16 page 199

Secure Room Anti-Ligature Ventilation Louvre

High Performance Ventilation Louvre designed and approved for


use in Special Hospitals where there is a ligature risk
Typical Applications:
Special Hospitals
Seclusion Rooms
Prisons
Technical Information:
Heavy Duty Steel construction W
 all aperture size
380mm x 380mm
V
 anes fully welded top and bottom
F
 inish - Powder coated
F
 lange Fixing Plate securely fitted
cream gloss as standard,
to wall fabric < Flange Fixing Plate
other colours available,
P
 in-Torx Security Screw Fixing of the
by request
Louvre to the Flange Fixing Plate

Protection Clear Opening Clear Opening Air Flow


Order Code Material Protection Type
Level Width (mm) Height (mm) Percentage
Opening
ALS-500-500-MS N/A 500 500 Steel N/A 69% height
-20

Air flow percentages are rounded down to the nearest whole number.
Airflow calculations should be considered as a guide only. Opening
width -20
AIR FLOW DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST Ordering Example:
ALS-500-500-MS
380mm x 380mm (0.38m x 0.38m) Unit: To fit a 500mm high by
500mm wide clear opening,
Louvre area: Area of a trapezium = ½ x h x ( a + b ) = 0.5 x 0.340m x ( 0.280m + 0.352598m) = 0.1075417m² Steel.
Area covered: C
 entre column area = 0.040m x 0.340m = 0.0136m²
Blades area = 14 of 0.003m x 0.340m = 0.01428m²
Angled shelf area = 2 of 0.016823m x 0.156299m = 0.0052588m²
Total area covered = 0.0331388m²
Louvre area – Total area covered = Gaps between blades.
0.1075417m² - 0.0331388m² = 0.0744029m²
Free air flow percentage: 0.0744029 x100
0.1075417
=69% (rounded down to nearest whole number)
Note: The value on the examples is based on air figure constant and does not include
any type of mesh.

Optional Enhancements:
Insect Mesh within the Louvre

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Ventilation Louvre 03.16 page 200

Blast and Ballistic Safety Louvres and Vents

Independently tested and certificated


Typical Applications:
L
 ouvers for walls, doors and screens
M
 odular for large areas
B
 allistic Louvres tested to European
and American standards
B
 last Louvres – fixed and
automatic closing
B
 last Vents
Internal Catch Trays to mitigate
deliberate external attacks with
flammable liquids

Technical Information:
Construction
 - Stainless Steel or Mild Steel
F
 inish - Natural, Primer or a colour of your choice

Internal
Flammable catch
liquids tray
Blast Louvres Blast Vents thrown
in to
louvre
AIR FLOW DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST
Louvres made to order to suit any opening size. Please contact us with your requirements.

Optional Enhancements: Flammable


liquids
A
 ccelerant Protection - Internal Stainless Steel Mesh shield with returned to
outside of
bevelled run out building
V
 ibration Alarm - Internal Connection Sensor
C
 ountersunk Fixings instead of Button Head Fixings on the inside
Insect mesh within the Louvre

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Ventilation Louvre 03.16 page 201

MAX-AIR FRAMING SYSTEM


Max-Air Framing System

Independently tested and certified to LPS 1175 Security Rating 6


Typical Applications:
A
 perture in walls greater
than 900mm by 900mm

Technical Information:
T
 he Max-Air Framing System can
be used to combine arrays of
Louvre Panels to fill apertures up
to 7500mm by 7500mm

F External view F-F (0.16:1) Internal view

Frame
opening
height

F Frame opening width

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Key Cabinets & Safes 03.16 page 202

Key Safes - Heavy Duty

Wall mounting heavy duty key safes


All steel heavy-duty construction, 2mm case with a 3mm thick door, with dual-bolt securing mechanism and
deadlocked by a Sargent & Greenleaf digital combination lock.
The safes are designed for wall mounting, preferably using threaded hardened ‘thunderbolt’ type fixings for secure
fixing to the wall.
Two sizes are available, each holding 50 and 70 keys, plus a choice of manual or automatic ‘Slamshut’ facility,
resecuring on door closure.

S-8719 Recessed LEO, option L1

Ordering codes:
S-11586-0001 50 key capacity, manual bolting
S-11586-0002 70 key capacity, manual bolting
S-11586-0003 50 key capacity, auto re-locking
S-11586-0004 70 key capacity, auto re-locking

Assessed
Assessed
Assessed
to
toISO9001:2000
ISO9001:2000
to ISO9001:2000
Certificate
Certificate No.No.
Certificate
No. 516516
516

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ancillary Products Key Cabinets & Safes 03.16 page 203

Key Cabinet - Light Duty

Wall mounting light duty key cabinet - 30 keys


Steel key cabinet with keyless pushbutton cam lock, numbered key tags, key rings and lock location chart for
easy reference.
The push button lock combines both convenience and security, together with an entry code that can be changed as
often as you like to cover a thousand different combinations.
• Holds 30 keys
• Keyless lock
• Changeable code
• Heavy gauge steel
• Continuous hinge
• Steel key-tag hooks
• Numbered key tags

Key cabinet S-11591-100

Key cabinet S-11591-30

Ordering codes:
S-11591 30 key capacity

Assessed
Assessed
Assessed
to
toISO9001:2000
ISO9001:2000
to ISO9001:2000
Certificate
Certificate No.No.
Certificate
No. 516516
516

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Accreditation 03.16 page 204

Accreditation
Surelock McGill is committed to full co-operation with HM Government, test houses,
customers and other manufacturers to play their part in improving not only system
performance but the application of standards. The importance of independently defined
and tested standards is that they define to customers the applicability and performance
levels of security, firecheck and safety products to their particular problems. This section will
help you understand the relevant standards and performance grades. The following topics
are discussed:

• Are your premises abuser friendly?

• The ‘Secured by Design’ Initiative

• Panic and Emergency Exit Standards

• LPCB – The Loss Prevention Certification Board

• Fire and Smoke Resistance

• Blast – People in Protected Spaces

• Ballistic trials

• The Disability Discrimination Act 1995 (DDA)

• Safety for the Disabled

Accreditation

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
In accordance with our policy of continued development and improvement we reserve the right to make changes in design and specifications without notice.
Accreditation 03.16 page 205

Are Your Premises Abuser


Friendly?
The issue of security in a building raises the question of balance. How do you balance the needs of the
legitimate users of the building for access, aesthetic qualities and a general feeling of openness and freedom,
against the needs of those responsible for security to seal areas off, prevent access and harden the building as
a target for criminals and terrorists?
A thorny problem, and one that demands answers as security risks become higher than they have been in the past.
The first consideration of the security and safety needs of organisations should be the façade of the building.
Doors are a primary consideration. While we acknowledge that all types of security have a part to play in
reducing risk, only physical security actually prevents entry and has to be considered as a critical part of the
mix, particularly as police now operate a graded response approach to alarms.
Many building managers find the problem of security a perplexing one. There are so many different products
on the market, so many advertising messages and so much advice that the choice is confusing. In order to take
the guesswork out of specifying security products, it is helpful to understand the testing and certification that
exists to protect the buyer. Standards and testing provide measurable security and Surelock McGill Ltd have
a philosophy of continuous research, development and testing to ensure their products can be assessed
against the latest standards.
Some simple guidelines when determining if your building is as safe and secure as it could be are as follows:
• S
 ecured by Design – the ‘Police Preferred Specification’ logo
provides reassurance in product suitability
Exit devices – ensure conformance to either BS EN 1125: 2008
• 
(panic) or BS EN 179: 2008. (emergency) and are CE marked
• S
 ecurity – ensure approval to the required LPS 1175
Security Rating to suit your specific needs
• F
 ire – ensure certification to BS476: Part 22: 1987
or EN 1634
• Blast – ensure doors have been successfully tested in
accordance with the methodology set out within ISO 16933
EXV15 & EXV25, utilising the hazard rating as defined for Walls
and Doors
• Ballistic – ensure certification to BS EN 1522:1999
• The Disability Discrimination Act 1995 (DDA)
• Safety for the Disabled

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Accreditation Panic & Emergency 03.16 page 206

Panic and Emergency Exits


BS EN 1125: 2008 &
BS EN 179: 2008
Meeting Your Duty of Care with Confidence
The safety of people within a building is paramount today – safety requirements have to be met in public
buildings, places of work, secure institutions etc. Standards have been developed to measure the ability
of doors and devices to meet safety requirements.
The latest European standards for panic and emergency exit doors have been updated to the ‘2008’ revision,
to ensure maximum safety.
Surelock McGill have worked hard to ensure they have products that comply with the latest standards so they
can be used to provide safety exits that are both easy to operate and thoroughly fit for purpose. They are the
first in the UK to achieve certification to the 2008 update of the standards.
Surelock McGill use their security expertise to ensure that emergency and panic exits can also meet your
security requirements, including conformance to blast, ballistics and other hostility standards.

Extracts from the standards

Your Duty of Care

BS EN 1125: BS EN 179:
2008 Panic Exit 2008 Emergency Exit
‘For use on escape routes in public ‘For use on escape routes where people
areas, public buildings, places of public are familiar with the exit and its hardware
entertainment, shops etc., or and therefore a panic situation
those that have to be operated is most unlikely to develop.’
in a panic situation.’

Product classification
The above standards have a classification system that encodes product performance
and characteristics to further ease the task of choosing the appropriate system for your
needs. See “Panic and Emergency Exit Classifications” later.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Accreditation Panic & Emergency 03.16 page 207

Extracted from the Standards


“These European Standards are for use on hinged or pivoted, outward opening door leaves only, not exceeding
200kg in mass, 2500mm in height and 1300mm in width.”

On Double Panic/Emergency Exit Doorsets


“The standards require an exit device such that the activation of either operating element will release at least the
door leaf to which it is fitted.”

An Overview of Requirements from the Standards


“This document identifies various regular door configurations likely to be encountered, including:
• Single exit leaf
• Single exit leaf – within a plant access double doorset
• Double exit leaf – plain meeting stile
• Double exit leaf – rebated meeting stile”
Note that: Where your requirements fall outside the above scope, (for example, if you require overheight,
heavy, or inward opening doors) Surelock McGill customised devices are available. Although these cannot be
certified under the standard, they are based upon independently tested prime components.

Panic & Emergency Exit classifications explained


For the purpose of these European Standards, exit devices are classified using a ten character classification.
This classification takes the form illustrated below and explained in the table on the next page.

BS EN 1125: 2008

Category of use 3
Device performance rated to 200,000 cycles of operation 7
Device applicable on up to 200kg door 6
Device suitable for use on fire/smoke resistant doors B
Device suitable for safety applications 1
Very high resistance to corrosion 3
Physical resistance of up 1000N 2
Bar projects from door by up to 150mm 1
Device operated by push bar A
Door application A

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Accreditation Panic & Emergency 03.16 page 208

Panic & Emergency Exit Device Classifications

Character Significance Detail

Only one grade of use.


Category of Grade 3: High frequency of use, where there is little incentive to exercise
1
use for device care, i.e. where there is a chance of an accident occurring and of misuse.
For example doors to shops, hospitals, schools, etc.

Durability of Grade 6: 100,000 cycle tested


2
device Grade 7: 200,000 cycle tested
Grade 5: Up to 100kg
3 Door mass Grade 6: Up to 200kg
Grade 7: Over 200kg
Grade 0: Not approved for fire/smoke door assemblies.
4 Fire resistance Grade A: Suitable for use on smoke door assemblies.
Grade B: Suitable for use on fire and smoke door assemblies.

Only one safety category.


Safety category
5 Grade 1: All emergency/panic exit devices have a critical safety function
therefore only the top grade is identified.

Device subjected to a salt spray.


Corrosion
6 Grade 3: High resistance; device operable after 96 hours.
resistance
Grade 4: Very high resistance; device operable after 240 hours.

BS EN 1125
Grade 2 only: 1000N force applied.
BS EN 179:
7 Security Grade 2: 1000N force applied.
Grade 3: 2000N force applied.
Grade 4: 3000N force applied.
Grade 5: 5000N force applied.

Projection
of device Grade 1: Up to 150mm.
8
operating Grade 2: Up to 100mm.
element
BS EN 1125
Grade A: Panic device with push bar.
Type of Grade B: Panic device with touch bar.
9
operation BS EN 179
Grade A: Emergency device with lever handle operation.
Grade B: Emergency device with push pad operation.

Category A: Device suitable for outward opening single or double (active


or inactive* leaf) exit door.
Category B: Device suitable for outward opening single exit door only.
Door Category C: Device suitable for inactive* leaf of outward opening double
10
application exit door.
Category D: Device suitable for inward opening single exit door only
(BS EN 179 only).
*Inactive leaf also known as the passive, or second to open leaf.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Accreditation Panic & Emergency 03.16 page 209

Classification codes for Surelock McGill products

Slimline BS EN 1125: 2008 Panic bar 3 7 6 B 1 3 2 1 A A

Slimline BS EN 179: 2008 Push pad 3 7 6 B 1 3 5 1 B A

Slimline BS EN 179: 2008 Lever handle 3 7 6 B 1 4 5 1 A A

Slimline BS EN 179: 2008 Lever handle 3 7 6 B 1 4 5 1 A B

Slimline BS EN 179: 2008 Lever handle 3 7 6 B 1 4 5 1 A D

Stirling BS EN 1125: 2008 Panic bar 3 7 6 B 1 4 2 1 A B

Stirling BS EN 179: 2008 Push pad 3 7 6 B 1 4 5 1 B B

Stirling BS EN 179: 2008 Lever handle 3 7 6 B 1 4 5 1 A B

Stirling BS EN 179: 2008 Lever handle 3 7 6 B 1 4 5 1 A D

Solent BS EN 179: 2008 Lever handle 3 7 6 B 1 4 5 1 A A

Solent BS EN 179: 2008 Lever handle 3 7 6 B 1 4 5 1 A B

Solent BS EN 179: 2008 Lever handle 3 7 6 B 1 4 5 1 A D

EX700 BS EN 1125: 2008 Panic bar 3 7 6 0 1 3 2 1 A A

EX700 BS EN 179: 2008 Push pad 3 7 6 0 1 3 4 1 B A

EX700 BS EN 179: 2008 Lever handle 3 7 6 0 1 3 4 1 A A

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Accreditation LPCB 03.16 page 210

LPCB – The Loss Prevention


Certification Board
The LPCB is a technical approvals issuing body that tests products under the Building Regulations, Construction
Products Directive and other European legislation. It is accredited by the United Kingdom
Accreditation Service (UKAS) against the following standards:
• EN45011 product certification • EN45012 management systems certification • EN45013 certification

LPCB also offers:


• CE marking certification • Approvals for ‘European Technical Approvals’ • Testing as a ‘Notified Body’
The LPCB tests and approves products against LPS 1175 ‘Requirements and Testing Procedures for the LPCB
Approval and Listing of Burglary Resistant Building Components, Strongpoints and Security Enclosures’.
This evaluates the resistance to burglary offered by various physical security products.
Note: Surelock McGill fully supports security testing by its customers. Any successful test evidence carried out
by Surelock McGill will be made available for the benefit of its customers for possible appending to any of their
existing LPS 1175 accreditation.
Tests on security products are carried out under laboratory conditions using attack times
and tools defined by the security rating that the product is suitable for (see table below).
Thus risk and result are correlated to the tools used and the time that it takes for security to
be breached using those tools.
Assessed to
Assessed to ISO 9001: 2008
ISO9001:2000
Certificate No. 516
Certificate
LPS Security Levels
Tools used
LPS Level of Security (see next Type of Attack
page)

Opportunist attack by bodily physical force and stealth using


LPS 1175 Rating 1 A
minimal tools.

Determined opportunist attack by bodily physical force using tools


LPS 1175 Rating 2 B
with a high mechanical advantage.

Deliberate forced entry of well protected premises using bodily


LPS 1175 Rating 3 C
physical force and a wide selection of attack options.

LPS 1175 Rating 4 D Experienced attempts at forced entry.

LPS 1175 Rating 5 D+ Experienced attempts at forced entry with upgraded tools (D+).

Professional attempts at forced entry into higher value storage areas,


LPS 1175 Rating 6 E generally after breaching the security of the premises containing the
storage area.

Experienced/professional attempts at forced entry using tools of


greater power than specified in previous tool kits. The tools may be
LPS 1175 Rating 7 F
powered by battery, petrol or mains. The power rating may be the
maximum possible for the tools specified.

Extreme attempts at forced entry into higher value storage areas short
LPS 1175 Rating 8 G
of resorting to the use of vehicles, firearms or explosives.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Accreditation LPCB 03.16 page 211

LPS 1175 Issue 7 Attack Test Tools

TOOL CATEGORY A
• Adhesive tape
• 1 Cable cutter – 150mm long
• Fishing line (e.g. polypropylene multi fibre) TOOL CATEGORY C
• Flexible plastic coupon Tool category A and B plus:
• 1 Glass cutter • 1 Axe – 350mm long/1.5kg
• Hexagon wrenches – selection 120mm long
• 1 Bolt cutters – 400mm long
• Hooks
• Brick bolsters – 250mm long x 75mm wide blade
• 1 Knife – blade 125mm long x 3mm thick
• 1 Lever (including nail pullers, prybars and utility • Cold chisels – 250mm long x 25mm wide blade
bars) – 0.7kg/300mm long • 1 Crowbar – 700mm long/2.5kg
• Pliers (including self gripping) – selection 200mm • 1 Drill (cordless with rotary action only) –
long 7.2V d.c*
• Punches • 1 Drill bit (10mm diameter jobber – HSS/HSCO/
• Rope Carbide)
• 1 Screwdriver – 6.5mm diameter/square x • Fluorocarbon based freeze spray – 400ml
150mm long
• 1 Gas torch (Butane/Propane)
• Socket/screwdriver set – 150mm long ratchet arm
• 1 Hacksaw plus 2 HSS blades
• Spanners – selection 150mm long
• Traction screws – selection 5.5mm diameter x • 1 Hammer – 400mm long/1.5kg
60mm long (carbon steel, single and twin start • 1 Pad saw plus 2 HSS blades
versions with choice of two varieties of thread/tip: • 1 Scissor jack – 750kg capacity, 100mm
deep thread and gimlet point; and self tapping minimum retracted, 200mm stroke
thread with drill point)
• Wood chisels – 250mm long x 25mm wide blade
• Tweezers
• Wire
• WD40
• Wood/plastic wedges

TOOL CATEGORY D
Tool category A, B and C plus:
TOOL CATEGORY B • 1 “A-tool” lock puller – 500mm long
• 1 Bolt cutters – 500mm long
Tool category A plus:
• 1 Disc grinder (cordless)* – 12V d.c with 3 cutting
• 1 Bolt cutter – 350mm long discs
• 1 Claw hammer – 350mm long/0.7kg
• 1 Drill (cordless with rotary action only) – 12V d.c*
• 1 Drill bit (6mm diameter jobber – HSS/HSCO/
Carbide) • 5 Drill bits (13mm diameter jobber – HSS/HSCO/
Carbide)
• 1 Hand drill – 400mm long/1.5kg
• 1 Felling/fire axe – 850mm long/3kg
• 1 Junior hacksaw plus 2 HSS blades
• 1 Metal plate shears – 200mm long • 1 General purpose saw – 750mm long
• 1 Multiple slip joint pliers – 250mm long • 1 Hole saw – 50mm diameter
• 1 Pipe wrench – 250mm long • 1 Hooligan bar – 760mm long
• Pliers (including self gripping) – • 1 Jigsaw (cordless) – 12V d.c with 3 HSS/HSCO/
selection 250mm long Carbide blades*
• 1 Screwdriver – • 1 “K-tool” lock remover
7mm diameter/square x 250mm long
• 1 Plate shears – 300mm long
• 1 Screwdriver –
14mm diameter/square x 400mm long • 1 Sledgehammer – 750mm long/3kg
• Socket/screwdriver set – 250mm long ratchet arm • Steel wedges – 150mm long
• 1 Tube – 38mm diameter x 300mm long • 1 Tube – 75mm diameter x 500mm long

* Complete with a spare power pack.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Accreditation LPCB 03.16 page 212

LPS 1175 Issue 7 Attack Test Tools

TOOL CATEGORY D+
Tool category A, B and C plus:
• 1 “A-tool” lock puller – 500mm long
• 1 Bolt cutters – 500mm long TOOL CATEGORY F
• 1 Circular saw (cordless) – 18V d.c/200mm Tool category A, B, C, D+ and E plus:
diameter with 3 blades • 1 Circular saw – 2100W/300mm diameter with
• 1 Disc grinder (cordless)* – 18V d.c with 3 3 blades
cutting discs • 1 Disc grinder – 2300W/250mm diameter with
• 1 Drill (cordless with rotary action only) – 18V d.c* 3 cutting discs
• 5 Drill bits (13mm diameter jobber – HSS/HSCO/ • 1 Drill (with rotary/hammer action) – 2000W
Carbide) • 5 Drill bits (20mm diameter – HSS/HSCO/
• 1 Felling/fire axe – 850mm long/3kg Carbide)
• 1 General purpose saw • 1 Enforcer – 450mm long/12kg
• 1 Hole saw – 50mm diameter • 1 Hooligan bar – 910mm long
• 1 Hooligan bar – 760mm long • 1 Oxyacetylene “Saffire Portapak” cutting kit –
50l/min oxygen consumption†
• 1 Jigsaw (cordless) – 18V d.c with
3 HSS/HSCO/Carbide blades* • 1 Reciprocating saw – 2000W with 3 blades
• 1 “K-tool” lock remover • 1 Tube – 75mm diameter x 1500mm long
• 1 Plate shears – 300mm long
• 1 Reciprocating saw – 18V d.c with
3 HSS/HSCO/Carbide blades*
• 1 Sledgehammer – 750mm long/3kg
• Steel wedges – 150mm long
• 1 Tube – 75mm diameter x 500mm long

TOOL CATEGORY G
TOOL CATEGORY E
Tool category A, B, C, D+, E and F plus:
Tool category A, B, C and D+ plus:
• 1 Breaker – 1900W/15kg plus up to 3 bits
• 1 Circular saw – 1100W/200mm diameter with
3 blades • 1 Concrete chainsaw (2-stroke) – 15kg/300mm
maximum cut depth
• 1 Disc grinder – 1100W/125mm diameter with
3 cutting discs • 1 Cut-off (“Stihl”) saw – 5kW/450mm
diameter/15kg with three blades
• 1 Drill (with rotary/hammer action) – 750W
• 1 Diamond core drill bit – 125mm diameter
• 5 Drill bits (13mm diameter jobber and long
series – HSS/HSCO/Carbide) • 1 Enforcer – 600mm long/15kg
• 1 “Glasmaster” saw • 1 Hydraulic head and toe jack (“Rabbit tool”) –
15kg/5 tonne (S.W.L) output/180mm spread
• 1 Hole saw – >50mm diameter
• 1 Oxyacetylene cutting kit – 250l/min oxygen
• 1 Pinch bar – 1500mm long consumption†
• 1 Reciprocating saw – 750W with • 1 Pneumatic impact tool (self contained with
3 HSS/HSCO/Carbide blades one spare air cartridge) – 600 blows per minute/
• 1 Sledgehammer – 750mm long/6kg 48.263301052 kPa pressure
• 1 Tube – 75mm diameter x 1000mm long
• 2 Wood boring spade bits
* Complete with a spare power pack. † Measured at standard
ambient temperature and pressure, purity <99.0%.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Accreditation LPCB 03.16 page 213

5. Classification and Designation


Table 4: Security rating requirements for manual intervention attack tests

Security rating Maximum


Tool Maximum
classificationn working time
category test duration
(minutes) (minutes)

1 A 1 10

2 B 3 15

3 C 5 20

4 D 10 30

5 D+ 10 30

6 E 10 30

7 F 10 30

8 G 20 60

Table 4 extract from LPS 1175 Issue: 7 – information reproduced by kind permission of LPCB

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Accreditation Fire & Smoke 03.16 page 214

Fire and Smoke Resistance


A well designed fire door will delay the spread of fire and smoke. The performance of fire doors is judged
by subjecting them to the test procedure specified in BS476: Part 22: 1987 or EN 1634. Tests are made on
complete doorsets, the door and frame with all the necessary hardware. The design of and the materials used
in Surelock McGill products assist in providing an inherent stability and resistance to the stresses that a fire
imposes on a door.
Fire and smoke resistance will help to ensure building integrity under fire conditions for the certified period
of time and to permit evacuation of occupants and access for fire fighters. The testing is carried out by
independent specialist organisations and has been conducted to both BS476: Part 22: 1987 or EN 1634
standards. The fire ratings are given in minutes and prefixed by the letters ‘FD’, thus:
• FD30 – 30 minutes fire resistance
• FD60 – 60 minutes fire resistance
• FD90 – 90 minutes fire resistance
• FD120 – 2 hours fire resistance
• FD240 – 4 hours fire resistance
Note: Surelock McGill fully supports fire testing by its customers. Successful test evidence carried out by
Surelock McGill will be made available for the benefit of its customers for possible appending to any of their
existing fire accreditation.

The CERTIFIRE certification that Surelock products carry


provides a door manufacturer with continuity. Providing a
door has appropriate fire check certification, they can apply a
Surelock system and maintain certification without the expense
of retesting.
The CERTIFIRE scheme is designed to give confidence to
specifiers, enforcement authorities and building owners and
occupiers. CERTIFIRE is recognised by regulatory authorities
both in the UK and overseas.
Certification of construction products with fire performance
is provided by Warrington Fire Certification under the
CERTIFIRE brand.
CERTIFIRE requirements are based on those for CE Marking,
but where as the CE Mark reflects compliance with minimum
regulatory requirements, CERTIFIRE is independent third party
product certification at a higher level,
a quality mark, designed to enable manufacturers to demonstrate
a difference between their products and those satisfying only the
minimum requirement to be placed on the market.
The main additional requirements for CERTIFIRE, over
and above attestation for CE Marking, are ISO9001: 2000
certification, independent audit testing and a comprehensive
field of application document based on carefully chosen tests.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Accreditation Blast Resistance 03.16 page 215

Blast Resistance
Surelock McGill fully supports blast testing by its customers. Successful test evidence carried out by Surelock
McGill will be made available for the benefit of its customers for possible appending to any of their existing blast
accreditation.
Doors using Surelock McGill devices and door vision panels have been successfully blast tested to aid
protection against a bomb blast. Tests were conducted on doors in accordance with the methodology set out
within ISO 16933 EXV25, utilising the hazard rating as defined for Walls and Doors.
Accreditation to these standards offers:
• Compliance with LPS 1175 security ratings and ISO 16833 levels of blast resistance.
• Protection against serious criminal and terrorist assault.
• Blast and security resistant locking devices and vision panels in compliance with Code of Practice
BS 8300:2001
We co-operate with specialist blast consultants and specialist bodies for blast testing. If you require specific
detailed information, please contact our technical sales department. They will be pleased to listen to your
requirements, provide expert analysis and propose a solution.

Protected Spaces
Surelock McGill fully support the standard to provide protection for employees and visitors in buildings.
A selection of single and multi-point locks have been tested both surface-fitted and concealed
within doors. This enables choice of building operation requirements to be met, including key
and access controlled entry, as well as a panic or emergency exit provision for the inside.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Accreditation Ballistics 03.16 page 216

Ballistics Testing
Surelock McGill systems installed on doorsets have been subject to independent ballistics testing by Wiltshire
Ballistic Services. The tests use European, USA and Russian bullet types and calibres. Full doorset testing
includes targets such as locks, hinges, vision panels, protected key cylinders, etc.
Testing carried out to the latest BS EN 1522:1999 European standard, with successful
ratings are shown in the test summary table below. Comparable information on a selection
of world standards are summarised in the Ballistic Data Comparison table (see following page).
Test Summary BS EN 1522:1999

CLASS
BALLISTIC BALLISTIC BALLISTIC BALLISTIC BALLISTIC BALLISTIC BALLISTIC BALLISTIC
FB1 FB2 FB3 FB4 FB5 FB6 FB7 FSG

Success ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

0.44 magnum (FB4)


2nd shot at hinge

FB4 trials at various items of door furniture

7.62 X 51 (FB7) embedded in


cylinder guard

Laser gun taking aim, 2nd shot

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Accreditation Ballistics 03.16 page 217

Selection of the Worlds Ballistics

FB1 FB2 FB3 FB4 FB5 FB6 FB7 FSG

Ballistics Data Comparison


Doors LEAD Glazing
SLUG 1

BS EN 1522:1999 BS EN 1063:2000
BS 5051:1998 NIJ 0108-01 UL752 GOST R50963-96
(Latest European (Latest European
(Old UK Standard) (USA) (USA) (Russian) TYPE OF BULLET BULLET
Standard) Standard)
WEAPON CALIBRE TYPE
CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS

FB1 N/A BR1 l N/A N/A RIFLE 0.22 LR L/RN

FB2 G0 BR2 ll 1 1 HANDGUN 9mm LUGER FJ1) RN/SC

FB3 G1 BR3 ll 2 N/A HANDGUN 0.357 MAGNUM FJ1) CB/SC

0.357 MAGNUM FJ1) CB/SC


FB4 G2 BR4 lll A 6+3 N/A HANDGUN
0.44 MAGNUM FJ2) FN/SC

FB5 R1 BR5 N/A 7 3 RIFLE 5.56 X 45 FJ2) PB/SCP1

5.56 X 45 FJ2) PB/SCP1


FB6 R2 BR6 lll N/A 4 RIFLE
7.62 X 51 FJ2) PB/SC

FB7 N/A BR7 M14 8 5 RIFLE 7.62 X 51 FJ2) PB/HC1

SOLID LEAD
N/A S86 SG1 N/A N/A N/A SHOTGUN 12/70
SLUG 1

FSG N/A SG2 N/A SHOTGUN N/A SHOTGUN 12/70 SOLID

General note: BS EN 1063:2000 supercedes BS 5051, refer to relative standards for full information

Bullet codes:
L – Lead
CB – Coned lead
FJ1) – Full steel jacket (plated)
FJ2) – Full copper alloy jacket
FN – Flat nose bullet
HC1 – Steel hard core, mass 3.7g 0.1g, hardness more than 63 HRC
PB – Pointed bullet
RN – Round nosed bullet
SC – Soft core (lead) Wiltshire Ballistic Services
SCP1 – Soft core (lead) with steel penetrator (type SS109) laser aimed gun

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Accreditation Disability Discrimination 03.16 page 218

The Disability Discrimination


Act 1995 (DDA)
Surelock McGill continually appraise their products against evolving security, fire, safety and building regulations
and standards. As a result of this vigilance, product development keeps abreast of the changing regulations
of the Disability Discrimination Act (DDA). Public access to buildings now has to cater for people with
disabilities. Part III of the Disability Discrimination Act 1995 deals with access to public buildings and residential
accommodation. This Act is retrospective to include all new and existing buildings that are accessible to the
public. The Act is not specific but sets out general duties and rules for compliance.

BS 8300:2001
This is a Code of Practice for the design of buildings and their approaches to meet the needs of disabled
people. It gives detailed recommendations on how to design a building to make it accessible to the disabled.
Following its guidance should ensure that legal obligations under the DDA are met.

Building Regulations
Building regulations* require that new and refurbished public buildings comply with DDA obligations to enable
use by disabled people. The Disability Rights Commission (DRC) can provide further information on the law on
its website: www.drc-gb.org
* Building Regulations (England and Wales) 2000, Approved Document M.

Meeting DDA requirements


Surelock McGill products can provide the accessibility and automation that the Disability Discrimination Act demands:
• Safety for the disabled – vision panels provide a view of potential hazards, even through security, blast,
ballistic and fire rated doors.
• Simple door operation – door furniture and closure systems that function appropriately for disabled users
and comply with the requirements of BS 8300:2001.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Accreditation Safety for Disabled 03.16 page 219

Safety for the Disabled


Vision panels
The Surelock McGill range of vision panels enables a door to comply with the requirement, while meeting
security, ballistic, blast and safety standards.
Extract from BS 8300:2001, supporting the ‘Disability Discrimination Act’ Section 6.4.3 Vision Panels:
“Entrance and lobby doors, other than those to dwellings, should have viewing panels to alert people
approaching a door to the presence of another person on the other side.
If a door has a single viewing panel, the minimum zone of visibility should be between 500mm and 1500mm from
the floor.
If a door requires an intermediate horizontal section for strength or to accommodate door furniture, the door should
have two viewing panels, one accommodating a zone of visibility between 500mm and 800mm from the floor and
the other accommodating a zone of visibility between 1150mm and 1500mm from the floor (see diagram below).
Commentary on 6.4.3 This enables a person of small stature or a wheelchair user (when approaching a door) to see,
and be seen by, another wheelchair user or an ambulant person approaching from the other side, while allowing the
possibility of having an opaque area across the door to provide strength, or to accommodate door furniture.
NOTE 1: More than two vision panels may be provided, or may be larger than the zones of visibility, as long as the
zones are accommodated within the glazing area.
NOTE 2: Vision panels may be less than the minimum size or omitted in doors to spaces that are required to be
darkened for their function, e.g. cinemas and auditoria."

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Accreditation Safety for Disabled 03.16 page 220

Simple Door Operation


Door opening furniture
Surelock McGill products can provide solutions to meet the necessary minimal actuating force requirements.
BS 8300:2001 6.5
“Door opening furniture with a lever action should be used to enable easier operation by people with a weak
grip. Care should be taken in the selection of security and fire exit fixings to ensure that they are manageable
for all users.”

Securing entrance doors


Surelock McGill locking and bolting products can provide handle actuation on both single- and multi-point
systems. Cylinder positions and handle location provides compliance with BS 8300:2001
BS 8300:2001 6.5.3
“The cylinder should be above the lever handle to enable unobstructed access to the keyway. Where a multi-
point locking system is used, care should be taken to ensure that it is locked /unlocked simultaneously by a
single turn of the key. Where doors are required to be bolted for security purposes, consideration should be given
to a surface mounted espagnolette bolt with top and bottom shoots operated by a single handle positioned at
a height between 750mm and 1000mm from the flnished floor level.”

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Technical Information 03.16 page 221

Technical Information
This section of the catalogue provides technical information that will help specify, install
and maintain Surelock McGill devices and components. The topics are listed below:

Blast Protection Blast protection levels, bolt sizes and their material,
bolt & Containment supports, keeps and other components to
meet your requirement.
Wiring Electrical wiring information required to connect the built-in
circuits that are used to provide monitoring and actuation
facilities on a Surelock McGill system.
Electrical Ratings Voltages and current ratings to provide monitoring and
actuation facilities.
Installation A generic guide to the installation of Surelock McGill systems.
Maintenance General guidance on the maintenance of Surelock McGill
systems to ensure continued good performance.
Hinge Calculations Hinge loading and the size of Surelock McGill hinges required
for a particular door.

Technical Information P2 05.10

Fixing instructions SF-8910-0003


Emergency exit device - Slimline
Information

SL315/SL325

For single leaf outward opening doors


Technical

Surelock McGill LTD


26 The Business Centre,
Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham
Berkshire, RG41 2QY
EN179:2008

SL315/325 ABB005 37601351AA


Year of manufacture: 2008 Certification body reference 1121
Projection category - grade 1 Field of door operation - category A

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelock.co.uk

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
In accordance with our policy of continued development and improvement we reserve the right to make changes in design and specifications without notice.
Technical Information 03.16 page 222

Technical index
1. Fixing instructions
Slimline fixing instruction example 223
Slimline restraint setting and adjustment 229
Stirling fixing instruction example 231
LEO fixing instruction example 234

2. Wiring and electrical information


Wiring example - status monitoring & solenoid lock release 236
Solenoid power consumptions 236
Cable loop capacities 236

3. Maintenance instructions
Maintenance instructions and general guidelines 237

4. Blast information
Peak Permissible Loads table 238

5. Hinge calculations
Surelock Hinge loading Chart 239

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Technical Information 03.16 page 223

Fixing instructions SF-8910-0003


Emergency exit device - Slimline

SL315/SL325

For single leaf outward opening doors

Surelock McGill LTD


26 The Business Centre,
Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham
Berkshire, RG41 2QY
EN179:2008

SL315/325 ABB005 37601351AA


Year of manufacture: 2008 Certification body reference 1121
Projection category - grade 1 Field of door operation - category A

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Technical Information 03.16 page 224

NOTE: THESE INSTRUCTIONS CONTAIN IMPORTANT SAFETY AND


MAINTENANCE INFORMATION AND MUST BE PASSED TO THE END USER.

Important: T
 he safety features of this product are essential to its compliance with EN 179. Nomodifications of
any kind, other than those described in these instructions, are permitted. If fitting to a fire door, ensure
integrity of door is maintained.

The device these instructions are supplied with is designed to fit a door with maximum dimensions, 2200mm in
height and 1300mm in width, with maximum mass of 200kg. The door must not distort by more than 5mm.

The device is designed to be fitted to the active leaf of an outward opening double door set. The doors must be
hung correctly, be free from binding and be able to be opened simultaneously.

Care should be taken to ensure that any seals or weather-stripping, do not inhibit the correct operation of the panic
exit device.

Category 2 (standard projection) exit devices should be used in situations where there is restricted width for
escape, or where the doors to be fitted with exit devices are not able to open beyond 90°.

Where an exit device is fitted to a glazed door, it is essential that the glazing is tempered or laminated glass.

No devices for securing the door in the closed position should be fitted other than those specified in these
instructions. If a door closing device is to be used to return the door to the closed position, care should be taken
not to impair the use of the doorway by the young, elderly and infirm.

A door coordinator device in accordance with EN 1158 should be fitted to ensure the correct closing sequence of
the doors.

If in doubt, please contact our technical sales department for advice.

All dimensions are nominal and in mm unless otherwise stated.

It is important to determine the final position of each socket face, to enable correct positioning of the drilling
template and cutting of top tube/adjuster assembly.

When fitting ensure bolts will clear frame, floor etc. when the door is operated and with the bolts fully.

1. Position
 template accurately on door as indicated below – note; allows for 3mm bolt clearance from end of bolts
to face of sockets when bolts are fully retracted.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Technical Information 03.16 page 225

2. Drill holes in door to suit chosen fixing method.

* Only when external Code Fixing method Drilling sizes


handle is required A B* C
W Steel cores 9 15 7†
† For steel core fixing drill
W 1
Coach bolts 9† 15 7
1
/2 way through only
W 2
Coach screws 15
W 3
Machine screws M8 15 M6

Drill 16 dia
depth to suit

A
M6 for Guides

C M8 for C-module Option W1 Option W2 Option W3


Coach bolts Coach screws Machine screws

3. A
 ssemble handle and centre 4. F
 it horizontal bolt guide
module to door using 2 off bracket using 6mm fixings.
8mm fixings

5. S
 crew bottom tube adjuster
assembly to centre module

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Technical Information 03.16 page 226

6. Fit bottom vertical bolt socket.

SB1 SE SF

7. With the door closed and the device in the bolts secure position measure and cut top/tube adjuster assembly to
dimension ‘L’ ensuring that when retracted the bolt will clear the face of the top socket by a minimum clearance
with adjuster gap set to its nominal 7mm position.

Length of tube = L
Measure distance between top of push rod and face of socket (bolts thrown) = M

L=M-82mm

e.g. if dimension from top of push rod to socket is 1000mm

L=1000 – 82 = 918

Drill a 4.2mm diameter hole 17mm from cut end of tube

8. S
 crew tube/adjuster assembly into push rod to nominal dimension shown in section 9.
Position bolt into tube and secure using tube clip provided. Ensure that groove is facing
towards door. Note; tube clip may be fitted from front or back. Recommended fitting
from back for increased security/safety, shown fitted from front for clarity.

9. Fit restraint assembly

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Technical Information 03.16 page 227

10. Fit restraint assembly

Spring Arms

a. Adjust the length of the top bolt/ b. Ensure the two spring arms point c. Drill the two fixing holes in door
tube assembly to clear the top forward away from the face of the 39mm from face of keep, size to
socket when fully retracted (1mm door by pushing them over the suit screws for door construction
max) and that the groove in the bolt central detent (no dismantling is
is facing toward the door. required).

Nylon roller in keep by


approx. 0.5mm

Strike Screw
Vertical slots allow
for adjustment

d. Fit restraint/guide assembly to e. Engage the restraint trigger into f. Finally, adjust the strike screw
the door using two screws to suit the bolt slot and fit the restraint to release the trigger from the bolt
the door construction, through the assembly to the door, ensuring the slot; this requires 2mm of slider
elongated slots. nylon roller remains in the top keep movement only.
by approx 0.5mm (this prevents
DO NOT OVER ADJUST AS THIS
accidental bolt throw whilst the
MAY CAUSE DAMAGE
door is opened).

11. Fit intermediate guide brackets (25mm wide) at mid points of tubes

Intermediate guide brackets

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Technical Information 03.16 page 228

Wiring details (if fitted)

BOLT STATUS MICROSWITCH OPTION ‘M’ LOCK STATUS MICROSWITCH OPTION ‘N’ SOLENOID LOCK RELEASE OPTION ‘R’

Notes
1. if option ‘M’ (bolt monitoring) is fitted without option ‘N’ (deadlock monitoring) then red, green and blue cores are used.
2. If only a solenoid is fitted (option R) black and yellow are replaced with red and blue.

Maintenance instructions
1. It is recommended that the following routine maintenance checks be undertaken at monthly intervals:
Inspect and operate the panic/emergency device to ensure that all components are in a satisfactory working
condition; using a force gauge, measure and record the operating forces to release the exit device.
Ensure that all keepers (sockets) are free from obstruction.
Check that all fixing screws and retaining pins are in place and tight, and that the equipment is correctly adjusted.
Lubricate cylinders (if applicable) with an appropriate manufacturers lubricant (not oil), available from
Surelock McGill.
Ensure that the bolts are in line with keeps (sockets).
Ensure restraint is operating correctly and adjust if required.
Check periodically that no additional locking devices have been added to the door since its original installation.
Check periodically that all components of the system are still correct in accordance with the list of approved
components originally supplied.
Check periodically that the operating element is correctly tightened and, using a force gauge, measure the
operating forces to release the exit device. Check that the operating forces have not changed significantly from
the operating forces recorded when originally installed.

2. Annually or 50,000 cycles (which ever is sooner):


Surelock McGill trained engineer should service the equipment.
Any item noted to have excessive wear should be replaced.

Operating forces (installer to record operating force at row 1)

Date Door Ref. Force Initials


1

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Technical Information 03.16 page 229

Slimline SF-8894
Restraint Assembly - Surface Mounted

Outward opening 4. F
 it restraint/guide assembly to the door using two
screws to suit the door construction, through the
elongated slots.

Vertical slots allow


for adjustment

1. A
 djust the length of the top bolt/tube assembly to clear 5. E
 ngage the restraint trigger into the bolt slot and
the top socket when fully retracted (1mm max) and fit the restraint assembly to the door, ensuring the
that the groove in the bolt is facing toward the door. nylon roller remains in the top keep by approx
0.5mm (this prevents accidental bolt throw whilst the
door is opened).

Nylon roller in keep by


approx. 0.5mm

Bolt to clear top socket when


fully retracted (1mm max)

2. E
 nsure the two spring arms point forward away from
the face of the door by pushing them over the central
detent (no dismantling is required).

6. F
 inally, adjust the strike screw to release the trigger
from the bolt slot, this requires 2mm of slider
movement only.

DO NOT OVER ADJUST AS THIS MAY CAUSE DAMAGE

Spring Arms

3. D
 rill the two fixing holes in door 39mm from face of
keep, size to suit screws for door construction.

Strike Screw

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Technical Information 03.16 page 230

Slimline SF-8894
Restraint Assembly - Surface Mounted

Inward opening 4. Drill the two fixing holes in door 39mm from face of
keep, size to suit screws for door construction.

1. Adjust the length of the top bolt/tube assembly to clear


the top socket when fully retracted (1mm max) and that
5. Fit restraint/guide assembly to the door using two
the groove in the bolt is facing away from the door.
screws to suit the door construction, through the
elongated slots.

Bolt to clear top socket when


fully retracted (1mm max)

Nylon roller in keep by


approx. 0.5mm

2. Assemble the strike arm to the restraint slider with


machine screw provided and ensure the strike screw 6. Engage the restraint trigger into the bolt slot and fit the
is fully retracted. restraint assembly to the door, ensuring the nylon roller
remains in the top keep by approx 0.5mm (this prevents
accidental bolt throw whilst the door is opened).

Nylon roller in keep by


approx. 0.5mm

Strike arm and strike screw

3. Set the two spring arms to point back toward the face
of the door by pushing them over the central detent
(no dismantling is required).
7. Finally, adjust the
strike screw to release
the trigger from the bolt
slot, this requires 2mm
of slider movement only. Strike Screw

Spring Arms DO NOT OVER ADJUST


AS THIS MAY CAUSE
DAMAGE

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Technical Information 03.16 page 231

SF-8785
Fixing instructions
AC800 lock rim cylinder.
Outward opening

Fixing Instructions
This device is for outward opening
doors. All dimensions are nominal
and in mm unless otherwise stated.

Fit socket flush into frame as shown cores, coach bolts, etc.
on page 11 Fig 3, at the required Location with template is enabled
height, (recomended 1000mm from with dowel pins fitted to lock body.
finished floor/sill level to centre of
socket slot), clear bolt slot to allow Measure and cut outside handle
for bolt engagement. shaft to length and fit outside Monthly intervals:
handle to door surface, if required Inspect and operate the lock to
Position and screw template (see page 11 fig 2). ensure that all components are in a
accurately to door using dimensions
satisfactory working condition.
indicated on page 12 Fig 4. Note: it is advisable to check the
operation of the lock using the Ensure socket is free from
Determine which fixing method to outside handle before fitting the obstruction and is in line
use, steel cores, coach bolts, coach rose cover, as the cover is difficult to with bolt.
screws or machine screws (check remove without damage.
orientation for steel cores). Check that all fixing screws are in
Tools required: place and tight.
Drill holes in door to suit, see page
Screw drivers − various pozi−drive
12 drilling data. While template Lubricate cylinder (if applicable)
Electric or hand drill
is removed, clear surface cable with an appropriate manufacturers
Drills/boring bits − dia 3, 5, 10, 16,
pathway, if required. lubricant (not oil), available from
22, 45
Pilot drill − for 8mm coach screw Surelock McGill.
Refit template as mounting plate
for lock. Pilot drill − for No.10 wood screw
Annually or 50,000 cycles
Allen/Hex keys − 2.5mm & 3mm
(which ever is sooner):
Fit cylinder guard and cylinder if Chisel − for socket fitting
required (see page 11 fig 2). Cut The equipment should be serviced
cylinder operating tang to engage Maintenance instructions
by a Surelock McGill trained
lock as shown. It is recommended that the following engineer.
routine maintenance checks be
Fit lock and cable access cover to undertaken at: Any item noted to have excessive
door using chosen fixing method, wear should be replaced.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Technical Information 03.16 page 232

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Technical Information 03.16 page 233

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Technical Information 03.16 page 234

SF-8703 - Fixing instructions.


LEO (surface mounted)
LEO module dimensions are given in Fig. 1. Centre SYSTEM A (Fig. 3)
module and LEO fixing holes should be drilled using
template provided and as described in the device fixing 1. Cut square handle shaft to length (opposite end to
instruction. Assemble LEO to door as follows. tapped hole). The shaft should penetrate the LEO boss 8
to 10mm. Cutting shaft flush with surface of door will give
1. Countersink or counter bore four fixing holes as 10mm penetration of the boss when LEO is mounted on
appropriate on inside face of door and counter bore door surface.
30mm dia relief hole in outer face to accept LEO boss as
shown in Fig.2. 2. Pass square shaft through centre module, assemble
handle on to shaft and fix with screw provided.
2. Offer LEO to external face of door and secure with four
M8 screws provided. Use reinforcing collars on timber 3. Continue by assembling system to door in accordance
doors - see Fig.2. with the instructions provided.

3. Continue with instructions for System A or System SYSTEM B (Fig. 4)


B as appropriate. 1. Cut square drive shaft to length. Shaft should
penetrate LEO boss by 8 to 10mm. Cutting shaft flush
with surface of the door will give 10mm penetration of
LEO boss when LEO is mounted on door surface.

2. Continue by assembling system to door

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Technical Information 03.16 page 235

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Technical Information 03.16 page 236

Wiring example (refer to specific wiring diagram for each product)

BOLT STATUS MICROSWITCH OPTION ‘M’ LOCK STATUS MICROSWITCH OPTION ‘N’ SOLENOID LOCK RELEASE OPTION ‘R’

Notes
1. if option ‘M’ (bolt monitoring) is fitted without option ‘N’ (deadlock monitoring) then red, green and blue cores are used.
2. If only a solenoid is fitted (option R) black and yellow are replaced with red and blue.

Solenoid Power Consumptions

Product Option Code Solenoid voltage Power Current draw


(V d.c.) consumption (A)
(W)
Slimline R 12 6.3 0.53
R 1
24 6.3 0.26
R 2
12 6.3 0.53
R 3
24 6.3 0.26
R 4
50 6.3 0.13
R 7
50 6.3 0.13

Stirling R 12 7 0.58
R1 24 7 0.29
R2 12 7 0.58
R3 24 7 0.29
R 4
50 7 0.14
R 7
50 7 0.14

S-11314 R2 12 20 1.67
R 3
24 20 0.83

Cable loop capacities


Max cable Cable capacity Cable capacity
diameter 7/0.2mm 16/0.2mm

S-8412 Cable loop.Surface 8mm 20 core 6 core


S-8419 Cable loop.Concealed 6mm 8 core 3 core

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Technical Information 03.16 page 237

Maintenance instructions
1. It is recommended that the following routine maintenance checks be undertaken at monthly intervals:

Inspect and operate the panic/emergency device to ensure that all components are in a satisfactory working condition;
using a force gauge, measure and record the operating forces to release the exit device.

Date Door Ref. Force Initials


1

Operating forces (installer to record operating force at row 1)

Ensure that all keepers (sockets) are free from obstruction.

Check that all fixing screws and retaining pins are in place and tight, and that the equipment is correctly adjusted.

Lubricate cylinders (if applicable) with an appropriate manufacturers lubricant (not oil), available from Surelock McGill.

Ensure that the bolts are in line with keeps (sockets).

Ensure restraint is operating correctly and adjust if required.

Check periodically that no additional locking devices have been added to the door since its original installation.

Check periodically that all components of the system are still correct in accordance with the list of approved components
originally supplied.

Check periodically that the operating element is correctly tightened and, using a force gauge, measure the operating
forces to release the exit device. Check that the operating forces have not changed significantly from the operating
forces recorded when originally installed.

2. Annually or 50,000 cycles (which ever is sooner):

Surelock McGill trained engineer should service the equipment.

Any item noted to have excessive wear should be replaced.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Technical Information 03.16 page 238

Peak Permissible Blast Loads


The following schedule is a guide only of ‘Peak Permissible n Theload is evenly distributed on all bolts and the
Blast Loads’ calculated for a range of door sizes secured position of the horizontal bolt has no effect on load
with a varied number of bolts and differing materials. distribution - in a normal door design we have
considered that the horizontal bolt would take load
The assessments for each door and bolt configuration are
from half of the door area above and below in a 3-bolt
based on a number of assumptions, such that the figures
group. The top and bottom bolts would therefore
should be used for guidance only, it is assumed that:
receive half the load applied to the central bolt, with
n Theload is distributed equally (50/50) between the the central bolt being the limiting factor
hinge side and the leading edge of the door
n Theblast load is limited by the shear capacity of
n Thehinge and door frame is capable of resisting the one bolt - therefore the total allowable blast load is
applied load factored by the number of bolts
n The
door leaf is substantially stiff such that the load is n These
figures are the ultimate capacities, with an
transmitted directly to the support points (ie. hinge on allowance for dynamic load factors
one side and bolts on the other)

Door Schedule - Permissable Peak Blast Loads (kN/m2)


Door 2500mm x 1000mm (8’ 2” x 3’ 3”)
Bolt Diameter Fitted with 2 vertical bolts Fitted with 2 vertical bolts plus 1 horizontal
Metric Imperial Mild Steel Stainless Steel EN24T Mild Steel Stainless Steel EN24T
316 316

15mm 0.590” 17.5 35.4 43.3 23.6 53.1 65.0


20mm 0.787” 31.1 63.0 77.0 46.7 94.5 115.5
25mm 0.984” 48.6 98.4 120.3 73.0 147.6 180.5
40mm 1.578” 124.5 251.9 308.0 186.7 377.9 461.5

Door 3000mm x 1250mm (9’ 10” x 4’ 1”)


Bolt Diameter Fitted with 2 vertical bolts Fitted with 2 vertical bolts plus 1 horizontal
Metric Imperial Mild Steel Stainless Steel EN24T Mild Steel Stainless Steel EN24T
316 316

15mm 0.590” 11.7 23.6 28.9 17.5 35.4 43.3


20mm 0.787” 20.7 42.0 51.3 31.1 63.0 76.9
25mm 0.984” 32.4 65.6 80.2 48.6 98.4 120.3
40mm 1.578” 83.0 167.9 205.3 124.5 251.9 308.0

Door 4000mm x 1500mm (13’ 1” x 4’ 11”)


Bolt Diameter Fitted with 2 vertical bolts Fitted with 2 vertical bolts plus 1 horizontal
Metric Imperial Mild Steel Stainless Steel EN24T Mild Steel Stainless Steel EN24T
316 316

15mm 0.590” 7.3 14.8 18.0 10.9 22.1 27.1


20mm 0.787” 13.0 26.2 32.1 19.5 39.4 48.1
25mm 0.984” 20.3 41.0 50.1 30.4 61.5 75.2
40mm 1.578” 51.9 105.0 128.3 77.8 157.4 192.5
The above table is a guide to the permissible ‘Peak’ blast loads a device could provide, this is of course dependant on the complete door and
frame design, the method of fitting, including the hinge side of the door.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Technical Information 03.16 page 239

Surelock Hinge Loading


The following chart is a guide for maximum door sizes and weights and a door height of 2.2 metres using three
hinges equally spaced.

Surelock Hinge loading Chart

Refer to Surelock McGill technical department

Use HA8 hinges

Use HA7 hinges

Use HA6 hinges

Fixings are not supplied with hinges and need to be selected for suitability of door and
frame material, construction and loadings.

Please refer to our technical department for any further assistance.


+44 (0) 118 977 2525

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ordering 03.16 page 240

Ordering Guide
This section will help you to order products
in this catalogue.

Ordering
Guide

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ordering 03.16 page 241

Ordering
A guide to the selection of Surelock McGill products.

1. Choose the appropriate system for the application


SL ‘Slimline’ multi-point for the higher levels of security protection

ST ‘Stirling’ single-point for the middle range of security protection

Note: There is also a wide range of locks for specific purposes and other security products – see the Custom
Locks and Ancillary Products sections.

2. Four steps to Slimline and Stirling coding


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4
Number of bolts Entry Exit Enhancements
1 1-point securing 0 No entry provision 0 No exit provision As required, e.g.
2 2-point securing 1 Key
 and handle 1  ey and handle
K N
Electric monitoring
entry exit of lock status
3 3-point securing
2 Electric release 2  lectric release
E P Cylinder
 guard
4 4-point securing 
and handle entry and handle exit W
Steel core fixing
3 Combination
 lock 3 Turnknob
 release
release and handle and handle exit
entry 4 Panic exit
5 Emergency

exit handle
6 Push
 pad
Example System code:

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

SL 3 1 5
Key Entry
Slimline 3-point Key Entry Emergency
securing Exit

Emergency
Exit

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ordering 03.16 page 242

Enhancements
Many products have optional enhancements such as alternative key cylinder, lock monitoring, etc. These are
indicated by appending the appropriate code to the prime system code. The enhancements and codes for your
prime system are listed in an enhancements list in the Slimline or Stirling sections.

3. Handing and Orientation


Slimline systems are suitable for right- or left-hand and inward- or outward-opening doors. You will only have
to specify door handing if you order a Slimline enhancement where the enhancements list shows that door
handing is required.
Other products may require coding for both handing and/or door swing to be clarified (refer to the specific
product section for details). If handing and/or opening direction are required, Surelock McGill encode this with
the 2-digit code shown in the table below. This code is added after the prime system code. Where handing/
orientation are not required, use the code 00.

Lock Handing Guide


Look at the side of the door on which the lock is mounted.
The handing is the direction in which the horizontal bolt is pointing.

Right Hand Lock Left Hand Lock

Opening Direction Guide Opening Direction Codes


Code Handling Opening
00 – –
04 RH Outward
05 LH Outward
07 RH Inward
08 LH Inward

Note: Slimline is non-directional and, in the majority of cases, non-handed. When handing is required,
use ‘04’ for right hand or ‘05’ for left hand, irrespective of opening direction, otherwise use ‘00’.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Ordering 03.16 page 243

4. Fixings
Standard Packages and many of the Custom Locks are supplied with fixings for a timber core door.
Alternative fixings are available for other door constructions, these are listed in the enhancements list for
the appropriate system.

5. Keeps and Strikes


Standard Packages are supplied with keeps for an outward opening door hung in a timber frame with a
concrete floor under. Other keeps are available to suit frame, floor detail and the swing of the door. (refer to the
specific product section for details).

6. Important Reminders
Door Height: When a multi-point system is ordered for a door of more than 2200mm you must specify door
height using enhancement code E(n) (see the enhancement list for your system).
Fixings & Keeps: If you have special applications these have probably been met before, please contact our
technical sales department for more guidance.
Special Requirements: Check to see if there are any special requirements to be met, i.e. certification,
secondary daytime operation, building or DDA regulations, etc. You may also require Ancillary Products
such as:
• Hinges or Hinge Bolts
• Blast resistant bolts and guides
• Registered or suited keys
• Vision panels

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Terms & Conditions 03.16 page 244

Terms & Conditions


These terms and conditions have been recently updated to incorporate new law and
jurisdiction provisions which comply with current law and practice.

The following topics are included.


• Definitions
• Application
• Quotations
• Orders
• Quality of performance of services
• Placing orders
• Delivery and delay
• Payment
• Export
• Return of goods
• Warranty
• Liability
• Advertising
• Cancellation
• Termination
• Applicable law
• Headings

Conditions
Terms &

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Terms & Conditions 03.16 page 245

Standard Terms and Conditions


of Business
1 DEFINITIONS
In these Conditions:
“Company” means Surelock McGill Limited or such other company in the Surelock Group as shall enter into a
contract with the Purchaser.
“Conditions” means these Standard Conditions of Business.
“Contract” means a contract between the Company and the Purchaser for the sale of Goods and/or the
supply of Services.
“Purchaser” means any person, firm, company or other organisation with whom the Company enters into a
Contract whether directly or indirectly.
“Goods” means all articles and materials (or any instalment or part of them) to be supplied under the Contract.
“Services” means all services to be performed under the Contract including installation of Goods if specified.
“Specifications” means the specifications if any for the Goods and Services incorporated in the Contract.
“Surelock Group” means Surelock McGill Ltd, any company which is a holding company of it, or a subsidiary
of any such holding company, or Surelock McGill Limited from time to time, as such terms are defined in the
Companies Act 1985 (as amended).
“Drawings” means the drawings for the Goods and Services incorporated in the Contract.
“Sales Literature” means any printed document or article or other information setting out details of products,
product numbers, practical performance details as supplied by the Company.
“Sample” means a sample of the Goods to be supplied under the Contract.
“Quotation” means a non-binding estimate whether written or oral as provided by the Company to the
Purchaser prior to any Contract.

2 APPLICATION
All orders are accepted only upon the Conditions herein contained. Unless expressly accepted by the
Company in writing, no addition to or waiver or modification of the Contract or these Conditions shall apply.
If a Purchaser’s order contains or is subject to terms and conditions at variance with these Conditions, these
Conditions shall apply.

3 QUOTATIONS
Quotations issued by the Company are estimates only and are not binding on the Company. The Company may
at any time alter the Quotation to reflect by way of example only increases in the price of raw materials, wages,
salaries, duties, taxes and packaging.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Terms & Conditions 03.16 page 246

4 ORDERS
(A) No order shall be binding on the Company until accepted by the Company.
(B) The Company shall be entitled to adjust the price of the Goods and/or the price of the Services given in
the order in the event of any increase, however arising, in the cost to the Company of preparing or supplying
the Goods and Services, including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, increases in costs of
materials, wages and salaries and increases due to (i) any delays by the Purchaser in providing any information
required by the Company for the preparation, supply or delivery of the Goods (ii) any overtime being worked at
the request of the Purchaser (iii) any alteration in design, quantity, specification or production details (including
the correction of any error therein) being made at the request of the Purchaser.
(C) All sums due to be paid under any Contract are unless stated otherwise exclusive of VAT which shall be
charged in addition at the prevailing rates.
(D) The Goods and/or services supplied shall be as set out in the Contract and no Sales Literature, Specification
or Drawing shall form part of the Contract unless specifically stated to form part of the Contract itself.
(E) The Company shall be entitled to charge an amount to cover its reasonable costs of processing the
Purchaser’s order in addition to the price of the Goods and/or Services if the total order price for the Goods
and/or services, excluding VAT, is below the Company’s minimum order level current at the time the order is
placed. The Company shall notify the Purchaser of any additional costs at the time of accepting an order and
shall on request provide to the Purchaser full details of its minimum order level.

5 QUALITY OF PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES


The Company shall supply the Services as specified in the Contract and it shall carry out such Services with due
skill, care and diligence.

6 PLACING ORDERS
(A) The Company will not accept responsibility for any inaccuracies in orders placed by telephone, telegram,
telex or facsimile transmission. All orders must be confirmed in writing, duly signed by an authorised
representative of the Purchaser. In the event of any discrepancy in orders placed by telephone, telegram, telex
or facsimile transmission and the written confirmation of the Order, the Company will comply with the order as
confirmed in writing.
(B) Carriage, postage, packaging and insurance will be charged on all orders in addition to the price of the
Goods and/or Services unless otherwise agreed, as will Customs duties and other local taxes (if appropriate).

7 DELIVERY AND DELAY


(A) Delivery shall take place when the Goods are handed to the Purchaser or the Purchaser’s carrier at the
Company’s premises, unless the Contract specifically provides otherwise. Risk but not title to the Goods shall
pass to the Purchaser from delivery.
(B) Any time or date given by the Company for delivery or completion is not a condition of the Contract but
an estimate only and the Company shall not be responsible for any failure or delay in the performance of its
obligations where the same is due to causes beyond its reasonable control including (but without limiting the
foregoing) shortages of materials, acts of war (declared or not) riot, civil commotion, accidents, strikes or lock
outs of employees, acts of God or any restriction imposed by any local or municipal authority or government
authority including customs authority whether British or foreign, transport delays, industrial action, terrorism or
other criminal acts. Time for delivery is not of the essence of the Contract.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Terms & Conditions 03.16 page 247

7 DELIVERY AND DELAY (continued)


(C) If any delay shall occur through any cause mentioned above, the Company reserves the right to defer any
date for delivery or completion for a reasonable time, having regard to all the circumstances, without being in
breach of the Contract. Any increase in cost due to such delay shall be payable by the Purchaser. If such delay
continues unbroken for a period of 30 days, then either party may at its option forthwith terminate the Contract
by giving to the other fourteen days’ written notice. The consequences of termination shall be governed by the
provisions of Sub-Clause (D) below and Clause 9 hereof. In no such case shall the Company be responsible for
any loss, direct, indirect or consequential which may result.
(D) If the Contract is so terminated, the Purchaser shall be liable to pay for all Services performed prior to the
date of termination and for any Goods manufactured and/or delivered prior to termination.
(E) If the Purchaser fails to collect the Goods within 14 days of the date specified as the date for collection
and the Goods remain on the Company’s premises then the risk in the Goods shall nevertheless pass to the
Purchaser on the expiry of 14 days from the date specified for collection.

8 PAYMENT
(A) Unless otherwise stated, orders are taken subject to payment being effected within twenty eight days from
the invoice date.
(B) The Company shall have the right to submit interim invoices as work proceeds. Payment of such invoices
shall be effected within twenty eight days from the interim invoice date.
(C) All payments shall be made in sterling and shall be paid in full without any set-off, deduction or
counterclaim.
(D) Time for payments shall be of the essence of the Contract and, if the Purchaser shall fail to pay the price
(including interim payment) when due in accordance with the provisions of this Clause, the Company may treat
the Contract with the Purchaser as repudiated and, in addition, without prejudice to such right, the Company
shall be entitled to interest on the outstanding amount of the price from the due date of payment until the price
is paid in full at the rate of three per cent above the base rate of Barclays Bank PLC from time to time both
before and after judgement. The Company shall also be entitled to recover all of its reasonable legal costs
incurred as a result of the Purchaser’s failure to pay.
(E) Property in the Goods shall remain with the Company until all payments owing on any account whatsoever
have been paid in full.
(F) Without prejudice to its rights to repossess the goods the Company shall be entitled to bring an action for
the price whether or not the property in the Goods has passed to the Purchaser.
(G) Upon delivery and while property in the Goods remains with the Company, the Purchaser shall hold
the Goods as bailee and shall keep them safe, insured, separate and identifiable from all other goods in its
possession. Until property passes to the Purchaser, the Company may, (in addition to any other rights it may
have) enter any land or buildings where the Goods are located and repossess and sell the Goods.
(H) In the event that the exercise by the Company of the rights conferred by Clause 8(G) results in the Company
repossessing the Goods for which the Purchaser has paid, the Company may set off any sums which become
due from the Company to the Purchaser as a consequence against any sums due from the Purchaser in
respect of other Goods.
(I) The Purchaser shall remain liable for the price of the Goods irrespective of whether any credit account facility
has been exceeded.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Terms & Conditions 03.16 page 248

9 EXPORT
(A) This Condition applies where Goods are supplied for export from the United Kingdom.
(B) Unless expressly stated in the Company’s acknowledgement of the Purchaser’s order, prices are Ex-
Works Incoterms 1990 and do not include carriage, freight, insurance, loading and the preparation of all export
documentation which will be supplied at the option of the Company on written request by the Purchaser and
any extra charges for such services shall be for the account of the Purchaser.
(C) Unless otherwise agreed in writing payment shall accompany the order in full in sterling and the order will
not be accepted and production will not be commenced until such payment is received.
(D) The Purchaser is responsible for complying with all laws and regulations governing the import of the Goods
into any country and for ensuring that the Goods comply with all laws, regulations and licensing requirements of
any country to which they are exported. The Purchaser shall indemnify the Company against the consequences
of any breach of those laws, regulations and licensing requirements.
(E) Section 32(3) of the Sale of Goods Act 1979 shall not apply where Goods are handed to a carrier or United
Kingdom port for export to the Purchaser, that carrier or port shall be treated as an agent of the Company for
the purposes of section 44, 45 and 46 of the Sale of Goods Act 1979.
(F) The uniform law on international sales shall not apply.

10 RETURN OF GOODS
(A) The Company is not obliged to accept Goods returned by the Purchaser which are neither faulty nor
defective. The decision as to whether or not to accept returned Goods shall be at the Company’s sole
discretion.
(B) The cost of return of Goods in circumstances described in Clause 10(A) shall be borne exclusively by the
Purchaser.
(C) Without prejudice to Clause 10(A), the Company shall, in its absolute discretion, determine such amounts as
it shall consider reasonable to be credited to the Purchaser on the return of Goods in accordance with Clause
10(A). The Company shall have regard to the circumstances of each case, including, but without limitation to
the generality of the foregoing, whether the Goods have been manufactured specifically to the order of the
Purchaser, have been altered to meet a Purchaser’s specifications, any wear and tear suffered by the Goods
and the reasonable handling charges incurred by the Company in processing and otherwise dealing with
returned Goods.
(D) Any Goods returned and accepted as returned by the Company shall be at the Purchaser’s risk until the
Goods are received by the Company at its premises. Goods not accepted by the Company shall remain at the
Purchaser’s risk.

11 WARRANTY
(A) If the Goods are defective in materials or workmanship at delivery, or any such defect appears in the twelve
month period following delivery, the Company shall at its option repair or replace such Goods free of charge.
(B) The Purchaser shall either return the defective Goods to the Company (which shall be at the Company’s
expense if the goods are found to be defective and at the Purchaser’s expense otherwise) or shall make
available the goods for inspection by the Company before repair or replacement can be effected.
(C) The Company shall not have any liability for any defect in the Goods arising from errors in the Specifications,
Drawings or Samples submitted for approval to the Purchaser and having been approved or supplied by the
Purchaser, as the case may be.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Terms & Conditions 03.16 page 249

11 WARRANTY (continued)
(D) This Warranty shall not apply to the following:
(i) defects resulting from fair wear and tear, misuse or failure to carry out the maintenance procedures
recommended by the Company; or
(ii) defects in Goods resulting from the use of a part or attachment or equipment whether supplied by the
Company or not, fitted by someone other than the Company.
(E) If any defect arises as a result of incorrect or faulty installation of the Goods the Purchaser shall make such
defect known to the Company and confirm in writing the details of that defect within 24 hours of first notifying
the Company. The Company has no liability for any defect which is not reported to it in the manner as set out
above. The Purchaser shall then make the Goods available for inspection. If no defect is found then any costs
incurred by the Company in inspecting the Goods shall be met by the Purchaser. On discovering the defect the
Company shall be permitted to make good the defect in the manner as it shall think fit, including reinstallation of
the Goods if the Company shall deem reinstallation appropriate.
12 LIABILITY
(A) The Company shall not have any liability for non-delivery, loss of or damage to Goods occurring prior to
delivery, nor for short delivery unless claims to that effect are notified in writing to the Company within 7 days
from the date of delivery (in the case of loss or damage or short delivery), or within 7 days of the Company’s
invoice or advice note (in the case of non-delivery).
(B) The Company shall have no liability for any special, indirect, economic nor consequential loss nor for any
loss of profits or goodwill suffered by the Purchaser.
(C) Nothing in these Conditions shall exclude the liability of the Company for death or personal injury resulting
from its negligence in so far as the same is prohibited by United Kingdom statute.
(D) Save as expressly provided in these Conditions, all terms, conditions and warranties (whether express or
implied) are excluded to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Goods are not sold by description or sample.
(E) Subject to any other limitations or exclusions of liability in these Conditions, the maximum aggregate liability
of the Company, its employees and agents for breach of any contract, negligence or otherwise shall so far
as permitted by law be limited to twice the price paid to the Company for the Goods or Services to which the
claim relates.

13 ADVERTISING
(A) All descriptive advertising and other material issued by the Company is based on the Company’s experience
and tests and is believed to be reliable, but no responsibility is accepted for errors or for infringement of trade-
marks, service marks, copyright or design copyright.
(B) All descriptions and illustrations contained in the Company’s Sales Literature, catalogues, price lists and
advertisements or otherwise communicated to the Purchaser are intended merely to represent a general idea of
the Goods described therein, and nothing contained in any of them shall form any part of the Contract.
(C) The Purchaser acknowledges that there are no representations outside these terms which have induced him
to enter into the Contract and these Conditions and any Specification or Drawing specifically incorporated in
the Contract shall constitute the entire understanding between the parties for the sale of the Goods and/or the
supply of Services.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Terms & Conditions 03.16 page 250

14 CANCELLATION
In no circumstances (other than those specified in Clause 7(C)), shall the Purchaser cancel this Contract without
the Company’s written agreement: If such agreement is given, or if the Contract is terminated pursuant to the
provisions of Clause 7(C), the Purchaser will indemnify the Company against all losses (including loss of profit)
suffered by the Company arising out of such cancellation.

15 TERMINATION
If the Purchaser shall make default in or commit a breach of any contract or of any of his obligations to the
Company, or if any distress or execution shall be levied upon the Purchaser’s property or assets or if the
Purchaser shall make or offer to make any arrangement or composition with his or its creditors or commit any
act of bankruptcy, or if any petition or receiving order in bankruptcy shall be presented or made against him or
it, or if the Purchaser is a limited company and any resolution or petition to wind up such company’s business
(other then for the purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction) shall be passed or presented, or if a Receiver of
such company’s undertaking property or assets or any part thereof shall be appointed, the Company shall have
the right forthwith to determine any contract then subsisting with the Purchaser and upon written notice of such
determination being posted to the Purchaser’s last known address, any subsisting contract shall be deemed
to be determined but without prejudice to any claim that the Company may have in respect of any antecedent
breach by the Purchaser of any of his obligations under the said contract.

16 APPLICABLE LAW
All Contracts shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law and the Company and the
Purchaser both submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England.

17 HEADINGS
The headings of these Conditions are provided for convenience only and shall have no effect on the
interpretation thereof.

Surelock McGill Ltd, 26 The Business Centre, Molly Millars Lane, Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 2QY
Tel +44 (0) 118 977 2525 Facsimile +44 (0) 118 977 1913 Email sales@surelock.co.uk Web www.surelockmcgill.com
Issue March 2016